Machine and Safety - Sensors 2017 2018 by OEM International

2017 – 2018

Tel +44 (0) 116 284 9900 Fax +44 (0) 116 284 1721 machine@uk.oem.se information@uk.oem.se www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Whiteacres Whetstone Leicester LE8 6ZG

Sensors 2017 – 2018

Machine and safety Providing smart solutions to sensing and position control applications is what we pride ourselves on in the Machine & Safety business area. Photosensors, encoders, barcode readers, connection systems and machine safety form the heart of our product offer. • • • • • •

Barcode readers Connection systems Encoders Inductive sensors Non-contact safety switches Photoelectric safety barriers

• • • • •

Photosensors Rubber safe edge Safety relays Switches & microswitches Ultrasonic sensors

The Machine & Safety team in training Gareth Ford (standing) – Business area manager

Introduction 2 Sensors 8 Encoders 72 Micro switches

126

Industrial connectors

134

Excellence in Automation OEM Automatic UK markets and sells components for industrial automation, currently representing approximately 50 leading suppliers and acting as their local sales organisation in the UK. Customers come from all sectors of industrial automation and include machine builders, control panel builders, system integrators and selected strategic distributors. Value added link OEM offers a unique and extensive range of products from leading manufacturers

Supplier

Together with an efficient logistics process and added value workshop, we help customers reduce the number of their suppliers. In order to support our sales process we have a local team of product specialists and sales/ marketing staff. This means we offer a high level of service to our customers. To become a competent and effective partner to our customers we have divided our product range into specialised business areas. In this way we combine the

Customer

advantage of being specialised in small areas with the benefits of being part of a large organisation. Being a partner with OEM Automatic means you have access to our unique broad product range but in a specialised organisation. With our ability to see the whole value chain and total costs we aim to improve your competitive advantage and profitability. Our ambition is to make it easier for you to find the best and most cost-efficient solutions.

Specialised organisation 4 business areas â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1 partner

Panel

Machine & Safety

Pressure & Flow

Motors

Electrical components for inside and outside control panels

Sensors, encoders, cable systems and machine safety components

To measure & control pressure, flow & level of liquids and gases

AC/DC motors, geared motors, electronic drives & linear solutions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

A strategic partnership OEM Automatic UK is part of the OEM International group whose headquarters are in Tranas, Sweden. The companies within this group are leading suppliers of components and systems for industrial automation in the Nordic region, UK and Eastern Europe. FACTS: OEM Automatic UK • Founded in 1989 • Turnover 2016 approx £10M • More than 2000 customers • More than 50 suppliers

Turku

Drammen Parnu

Tranas Riga

Panevezys

Allerød

Leicester Warsaw

Prague Trnava

Budapest

Richard Armstrong Managing Director

Always close to the customer Our head office and stock is located in Whetstone just south of Leicester so we are in an ideal central location to be as close as possible to our customers. Each of our sales engineers works with a limited range of products and this enables them to become experts in their field. They are available to visit customers at short notice to discuss and advise on technical or commercial issues. Competent sales and product staff

Customer support

Because of our specialised business areas all of our sales staff are experts in their particular field. This enables them to really understand the products and applications and assist customers on site with selecting the right product. A program of training with our suppliers runs throughout the year so they are always updated with the latest innovations and product knowledge. Our product specialists and product managers have the deepest knowledge of the products and are responsible for product range development and day to day contact with our suppliers. They also provide technical support for sales and customer support staff.

Customer support are there to offer a fast and efficient service to our customers when placing orders, checking delivery times/order status etc. They are in close contact with our product specialists who can answer technical queries and application specific questions. They should also be your first point of contact for product return questions.

Efficient logistics Our warehouse in Whetstone aims to despatch all orders the same day if received before 16.30. Our warehouse personnel are responsible for despatching more than 25,000 orders per year and we are proud of our ability to get products to our customers safely and on time. We currently hold more than 8000 articles in stock so our customers can get standard products delivered the next day.

We are available from 08.30 until 17.00 Phone: 0116 2849900 – Fax: 0116 2841721 Web: www.oem.co.uk – Email: orders@uk.oem.se

Product information At www.oem.co.uk you will find full and detailed product information in our on-line catalogue. From this you have all the technical information and ordering codes and you can download PDF files if you wish. To support the information on the website each business area produces its own printed catalogue which is available on request. Three times per year we publish our customer magazine ‘Inside Automation’ which we mail to more than 15,000 contacts. It contains new product information, special offers and company news.

All orders received before 16.30 will be despatched same day

Keeping you informed

Product catalogues and brochures Each business area has its own dedicated product catalogue and brochures containing full technical information â&#x20AC;&#x201C; an effective tool for our sales team and a helpful guide for you. Pages can be downloaded from our website: www.oem.co.uk

Clear marketing communication Our trade magazine adverts and advertorials make product selection easy and is an effective aid to sales. The information alerts you to our new and current range.

Customer magazine Issued three times a year Inside Automation features the latest products and is focused on technical articles and applications.

Web All products can be found on our website

www.oem.co.uk

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Added value We offer an ‘added value’ service to our customers in addition to our standard off the shelf products. Below are just a few examples of what we can offer:

• Custom safety edge assemblies • Product kitting service with customer specific bar code, part number and logo printing • Cable assemblies • Custom labelling • Sensor testing • Software programming

Safe edge assembly

Product kitting

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Our suppliers With more than 40 years of experience Datalogic is a worldwide market leader for photoelectric sensors, safety light curtains and identification products. Their sensors and safety portfolio solves customer applications in factory automation specialising in processing and packaging machinery and automated material handling systems. Key manufacturing industries include automotive, electronics, pharmaceutical, food & beverage, paper & printing, woodworking, ceramics, glass, textiles etc.

Fritz Kuebler is a leading specialist manufacturer in the fields of position and motion sensors, functional safety, counting & process technology and transmission technology. Innovative product and sector solutions, as well as solutions for functional safety and a high level of service are the reasons behind the companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s global success. Strict focus on quality ensures the highest levels of reliability and a long service life.

Molex support one of the largest portfolios of connectivity and wiring solutions in the industrial market. They offer complete solutions to a number of markets including automotive, machine tools, food & beverage, material handling, packaging, commercial vehicles and solar.

Crouzet offers a full range of automation control products. Within the Machine & Safety team we specialise with the Microswitch and Limit switch products.

PIL Germany is an internationally recognised specialist for the development and production of ultrasonic distance sensors for use in the industrial automation sector as well as in monitoring and automotive applications.

Reflex is a Danish manufacturer offering a range of specialist high power photoelectric sensors. These products are used in demanding applications such as food packaging, vehicle washing, recycling & compacting.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Introduction 10 Types of sensor

Miniature and compact sensors

Maxi sensors

M18 barrel sensors

Fibre optic sensors

Contrast sensors

Luminescence sensors

Slot sensors

Fork sensors

Ultrasonic fork sensors

Colour sensors

Distance sensors

Area sensors

Reflectors 54 Measurement sensors

Inductive sensors

Datalogic accessories

Ultrasonic sensors

High power sensors

Reflex accessories

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Datalogic; leaders in sensor technology OEM Automatic Ltd are Datalogicâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s UK distributor for sensors and safety products. With more than 40 years of experience Datalogic is the market leader in Italy for photoelectric sensors, safety light curtains, and identification products ranking them among the top 10 manufacturers in Europe by market share.* Their sensors and safety portfolio solves customer applications in factory automation specialising in processing and packaging machinery and automated material handling systems related to manufacturing industries such as automotive, electronics, pharmaceutical, food & beverage, paper and printing, wood-working, ceramics, glass, textiles etc. * (source: based on VDC 2010 - 2011)

Tubular, miniature and fibre optic sensors for object detection

Inductive proximity sensors

Fork sensors for label detection Labelling

De-palletising

Washing

Filling

Capping

Processing

Vertical form fill & seal

Safety light curtains for finger, hand and body protection

SENSORS

Dimensional sensors for height/width measurement and object positioning

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Contrast and luminescence sensors

Maxi and compact sensors for object detection

Area sensors

Stretch-wrapping

Palletising

Case packing

Storage & retrieval

Wrapping

Cartoning

TOF distance sensors for measurement and object positioning

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Safety light curtains for body protection with muting function

SENSORS

Sensors

Through beam

The light emitter and receiver are contained in two different housings and installed facing each other. The light beam released by the emitter directly hits the receiver; every object interrupting the beam is therefore detected. This system is used to obtain significant signal differences (when the light directly hits the receiver and when the object interrupts the beam) with the highest Excess Gain and the largest operating distance

(up to 60 m). These sensors can operate in the harshest working conditions, such as dirty or dusty environments. The through beam optic function typically operates in the dark mode: the output is activated when the object interrupts the light beam between emitter and receiver.

Retroreflective

Both emitter and receiver are located inside the same housing for retro-reflective photoelectric sensors. Utilising a prismatic reflector, the emitted light beam is reflected onto the receiver,

detecting the object when it interrupts the light beam.

Polarised retroreflective

In polarised retroreflective sensors, the emitted light is polarized on a vertical plane through a polarisation filter. The prismatic reflector rotates the light plane by 90Â°. A polarisation filter placed on the receiver selects only the

horizontal plane reflected by the prismatic reflector, ignoring the light reflected by other light sources. This technique guarantees a reliable signal reception, reaching significant distances.

Retroreflective for transparent

For the detection of transparent objects, such as clear plastic bottles, a low hysteresis polarised retroreflective model (which detects small signal differences) can be used. These sensors elaborate the slight signal differences received when the light beam passes through a transparent object, avoiding false detections due to the nature of this kind of targets.

SENSORS

This technique mostly suits applications for the detection of objects positioned at considerable distances, where a prismatic reflector can be installed. Typically, the operating distance proportionally increases with the reflectorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s dimensions.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Diffuse proximity

In photoelectric sensors with this optic function, both emitter and receiver are placed inside the same housing. These sensors work with weaker signals because the emitted light beam is reflected to the receiver by the object. As a consequence, the excess gain

and the operating distance are reduced. However objects are detected without a prismatic reflector, making installations quick and easy.

Fixed focus proximity

Fixed focus proximity sensors have a simple fixed background suppression distance, beyond which no objects are detected. The fixed triangulation of the optics greatly reduces the detection

distance of reflective objects. The visible red emission simplifies the sensorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s installation.

Background suppression

Background suppression sensors detect objects while avoiding reflections from the background. When the sensor is used for the first time, the proper background suppression distance has to be set through a distance adjustment trimmer.

Once the background has been acquired, the objects can be detected regardless of their color. Background suppression sensors are not very reliable with highly clear, transparent or shiny objects.

Background suppression For clear detection

Background suppression technology often has difficulty reliably detecting transparent, clear, or shiny objects. These objects generate false detections due to their highly reflective surfaces. Datalogicâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s patented background suppression technology guarantees reliable and repeatable detection, ignoring the false detections. Models are available with LED emission, ideal for reflections caused by moving surfaces such as conveyor belts, or For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

with LASER emission for the detection of small objects on fixed or highly reflective backgrounds. Since background suppression sensors do not require a prismatic reflector, these sensors can substitute for a polarized retroreflective sensor for transparent objects for shorter distances

SENSORS

Sensors

Contrast

Contrast sensors distinguish the received light beams on the basis of their degrees of intensity, which depend on the color or material of the detected surfaces. A typical application of these sensors is the detection of coloured registration marks used in packaging machines to synchronize the folding, cutting and welding phases. In presence of coloured surfaces, the contrast is

highlighted using a LED with coloured light emission, typically a selectable red, green or blue LED. The white light emission allows to detect very slight contrasts in similar materials and colours.

Luminescence

Luminescence sensors emit invisible ultraviolet light, which is reflected at a higher wavelength (minor energy) on the fluorescent and phosphorescent surface, shifting into the visible light spectrum. The ultraviolet emission is modulated and the visible light reception is synchronized. The maximum immunity against external interferences, like reflections caused by very shiny surfaces, is obtained and fluorescent targets, invisible to the

human eye, can be detected. Luminescence sensors are used in several industrial fields to detect items containing phosphorous such as labels on glass or mirrors, fluorescent marks marked on tiles, fluorescent glues on paper, cutting and sewing guides, as well as fluorescent paints or lubricants.

Fork

A fork sensor, is based on a particular model of the through beam sensor, where emitter and receiver are placed opposite to each other on the internal sides of an â&#x20AC;&#x153;U-shapedâ&#x20AC;? housing. Any target passing through the internal slot interrupts the beam and is detected. The most typical fork sensor applications are hole/teeth detection on wheels, label detection on thin supports, and control

SENSORS

of edge and continuity of sheets of labels or tapes. The emission is generally infrared or red light in order to detect coloured registration marks on translucent films.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Colour

The colour of an object is identified according to the different reflection coefficients obtained with the red (R), green (G) and blue (B) light emissions. For instance, yellow is characterized by R=50% G=50% B=0% reflections, orange by R=75% G=25% B=0%, pink by R=50% G=0% B=0%, the combinations are

infinite. Colour sensors cover a wide variety of applications, ranging from quality and process controls to automatic material handling for the identification, orientation, and selection of objects according to their colour.

Distance

Datalogic distance sensors are based on Time of Flight (T.O.F.): the distance is calculated on the basis of the time between the moment the laser pulse is generated and the moment the emitted light is reflected off the object, back to the sensor. These sensors are generally used to measure an objectâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s distance within a selected range, while the output is linearly scaled to

the analogue signal (4...20mA). This technology provides high precision and fast measurements in many applications, such as automatic warehousing (to drive industrial vehicles and avoid collisions), packaging and material handling.

Area/dimension light grids

Area and dimension light grids utilise several light beams for area or dimensional measurements of objects. An objectâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s area and size are measured using parallel cross-beams, which identify obscured beams, providing accurate information to a host

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

GUI or PC. Models of light grids vary by length to match each application requirements.

SENSORS

Sensors Miniature sensors

Technical data

SM123 series

Supply voltage

• 20 & 170 mm proximity, 50 cm polarised retroreflex & 1.2 m through beam

25 mA max

Output

NPN or PNP

Response time

• Thin housing with side optics or ultraflat format

• Amplified NPN or PNP output with 3-wire connection

1 ms

Switching frequency

500 Hz

Temperature range

-20…+55 °C IP67

IP rating

• Visible red emission on all models for easy alignment

10 – 30 V dc

Power consumption

Housing material

ABS PMMA or glass

Lens material

2 m embedded cable

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model

Function

Output

SM1-PR-2-D00-PL

20 mm fixed focus proximity

PNP – light

SM1-PR-2-D00-NL

20 mm fixed focus proximity

NPN – light

SM2-PR-2-FG00-PD

1.2 m through beam

PNP – dark

1.2 m through beam

NPN – dark

SM2-PR-2-D00-PL

170 mm diffuse proximity

PNP – light

SM2-PR-2-D00-NL

170 mm diffuse proximity

NPN – light

SM3-PR-2-FG00-PD

1.2 m through beam

PNP – dark

SM3-PR-2-FG00-ND

1.2 m through beam

NPN – dark

SM2-PR-2-FG00-ND

SM3-PR-2-B00-PL

50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex

PNP – light

SM3-PR-2-B00-NL

50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex

NPN – light

SM3-PR-2-B00-PD

50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex

PNP – dark

SM3-PR-2-B00-ND

50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex

NPN – dark

ST-5036

Accessory L-shaped fixing bracket for SM1 & SM3

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors SM1

A complete sensor with fibre-optic dimensions

SM2

A complete sensor with stamp dimensions

SM3

Coaxial polarised retroreflex and through beam sensors in a subminiature format for high-resolution detection

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Subminiature sensors

Technical data

SM series

10 – 30 V dc, max 10% ripple

Supply voltage

2 x PNP, max 50 mA, NPN available on request, NO/NC

Output

• Miniature photoelectric cells with red visible light • Double outputs • Embedded cable

Power consumption

20 mA max

Temperature range

-20…+55 °C

Emission type

Red LED, 640 nm

LED indication

Yellow LED indicates output Green LED indicates supply voltage IP67

IP rating

• IP67

Housing material

PC PMMA (Glass on B00)

Lens material

2 m embedded cable, Ø2.5 mm

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Retro reflective Polarised retro reflective Through beam

Distance

Light emission

0.05...1.5 m

Red LED 640 nm

Switching frequency 700 Hz

0.1...1 m

Red LED 640 nm

700 Hz

0...2 m

Red LED 640 nm

385 Hz

Short fixed focus

3...15 mm

Red LED 640 nm

700 Hz

Medium fixed focus

3...20 mm

Red LED 640 nm

700 Hz

Long fixed focus

3...30 mm

Red LED 640 nm

700 Hz

Extra long fixed focus

3...50 mm

Red LED 640 nm

70 Hz

Indication & setting

Dimensions

Output status LED

Power on LED

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective

Short fixed focus

Medium fixed focus

Long fixed focus

Extra long fixed focus

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

–

Housing Plastic

Optics Radial

Connection 2 m embedded cable

Technology

Output PNP

NPN

Emitter output (G00)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Miniature sensors

Technical data

S100 series

• Two threaded front mounting holes • Two slotted rear mounting holes

Supply voltage

10…30 V dc

Output

PNP or NPN

Output current

100 mA

Response time

2 ms (FG00); 1 ms -20…+55 °C

Temperature range

• Standard optic functions

Emission type

Infrared LED (860 nm) or Red LED (632 nm)

• M8 connector and cable models

Light/dark on

Selectable through cables

• PNP or NPN models with Light/Dark selection by wire

IP rating

IP67 ABS (housing)/PMMA (indicators cover)

Housing material

PC lens/PMMA window

Lens material

2 m cable (4 wires)/M8 4-pole connector

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Distance

Light emission

Setting

Response time

Retro reflective

Version

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Polarised retro reflective

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

15 m

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500µs

Diffuse proximity

800 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Short background suppression

200 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Long background suppression

400 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

12 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

50 µs (W03, W33) 20 µs (W13, W43)

Short distance

80 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Long distance

200 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Laser polarised retro reflective

15 m

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Laser background suppression

120 mm

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Laser diffuse proximity

250 mm

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

333 µs

20 m

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

250 µs

Through beam Retro refelctive for transparent

Contrast

Laser through beam

Accessories Type

Model

Description

Mounting bracket

ST-505

Lateral mounting

Mounting bracket SLIT

ST-5039

L-shaped bracket

S100-SLIT-05

0.5 x 19 mm SLIT

SLIT

S100-SLIT-1

1 x 19 mm SLIT

SLIT

S100-SLIT-2

2 x 19 mm SLIT

M18 adapter

ST-S3Z-M18

M18 threaded adapter nose

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Part number key Type

–

Retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective (short)

Polarised retro reflective (long)

Diffuse proximity (short)

Diffuse proximity (long)

Fixed focus

Background suppression

Through beam

–

Housing Plastic

Optics Radial

Connection 2 m embedded cable

M8 connector

Technology

Output PNP

NPN

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Compact sensors

Technical data

S45 series

10 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

NPN, PNP, Push Pull

Output

100 mA

Output current

• Red LED and laser emissions

Switching frequency

• IP69K housing

≤ 1000Hz; ≤ 1500Hz (C03 Laser); ≤ 2000 Hz (F/G Laser) ≤ 10 kHz (W03, W33); ≤ 25 kHz (W13, W43) -20…+60 °C

Temperature range

• 2 m cable or metal M8 4-pole version • PNP or NPN output with remote Teach-in input

Emission type

Red LED 632 nm, red laser 650 nm, white, RGB Push button teach-in

Setting LED indication

Green = operating voltage; Yellow = ouput status IP67 & IP69K

IP rating

ABS

Housing material

PMMA

Lens material

Plastic M8 4-pole connector, Metal M8 4-pole connector 2 m cable

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version

Distance

Light emission

Setting

Response time

Retro reflective

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Polarised retro reflective

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Through beam Retro refelctive for transparent

15 m

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Diffuse proximity

800 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Short background suppression

200 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Long background suppression

400 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Contrast

12 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

50 µs (W03, W33) 20 µs (W13, W43)

Short distance

80 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Long distance

200 mm

Red LED 632 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Laser polarised retro reflective

15 m

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Laser background suppression

120 mm

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

500 µs

Laser diffuse proximity

250 mm

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

333µs

20 m

Class 1 Laser 650 nm

Teach-in, remote input

250 µs

Laser through beam

Dimensions 1

Yellow LED (1)

Button

Green LED (2)

Receiver axis

Emitter axis

(1) Switching output indicator (2) Operating voltage indicator

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Polarised retro reflective

Diffuse proximity

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

Short background suppression

Long background suppression

Retro reflective for transparents

White emission contrast

RGB emission contrast

Short distance

Long distance

–

Housing Plastic

Optics Radial

Laser radial*

Connection 2 m embedded cable

M8 connector

Sensing type

Output PNP

NPN

Emitter only (G00)

PNP for distance sensor

NPN for distance sensor

Output for contrast models

* Laser only available in F, G, B, C, M versions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Miniature sensors

Technical data

S3Z series

10 – 30 V dc, max. 10% ripple

Supply voltage

30 mA max

Power consumption

100 mA

Output current

1 ms

Response time

• Potentiometer setting

500 Hz

Switching frequency

• Embedded cable or M8 connector • IP67 rated

NPN or PNP max

Output

• Miniature photoelectric cell with long distances

-25…+55 °C

Temperature range

Yellow LED indicates output; Green LED indicates satisfactory detection

Emission type

IP67

IP rating

PC/PBT

Housing material

PC (PMMAon B01)

Lens material

2 m embedded cable or M8 4-pole connector

Connection Approvals

NOTE: Reflectors and brackets are ordered seperately For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Polarised retro reflective Narrow beam diffuse proximity Diffuse proximity Through beam Background suppression

Distance

Light emission

Reaction Time

Switching Frequency

0.05…4 m on R5

Red LED 665 nm

1 ms

500 Hz

50…150 mm

Infrared LED 870 nm

1 ms

500 Hz

0…700 mm

Red LED 665 nm

1 ms

500 Hz

0…5 m

Infrared LED 870 nm

1 ms

500 Hz

50…300 mm

Red LED 665 nm

1 ms

500 Hz

Retro reflective for transparent

0…2 m

Red LED 665 nm

1 ms

500 Hz

Laser polarised retro reflective

0.3…10 m on R2

Red Laser Class 1 EN 60825-1

250 µs

500 Hz

0…30 mm

Red Laser Class 1 EN 60825-1

250 µs

500 Hz

40…300 mm

Red Laser Class 1 EN 60825-1

250 µs

500 Hz

Laser through beam Laser background suppression

Cable version

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Housing Plastic Optics Laser radial

Radial

Connection 2 m embedded cable

M12 connector

Laser models Polarised retro reflective

Through beam emitter & receiver

Background suppression

Polarised retro reflective

Narrow beam diffuse proximity

Diffuse proximity

Through beam emitter & receiver

Background suppression

Retro reflective for transparent

LED models

Output Laser PNP

Laser NPN

PNP dark on

PNP light on

NPN dark on

NPN light on

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Compact sensors

Technical data

S8 series

12 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage Power consumption

• Miniature photoelectric cell with long distances • Background suppression for transparent & shiny objects • M8 contact or M12 pig-tail • IP67 plastic & IP69K metal housing

30 mA max (15 mA max for T51) PNP, max 100 mA, NPN available on request

Output

100 mA

Output current

-10…+55 °C

Temperature range Emission type

Yellow LED indicates output; Green LED voltage (T53,W03: Ready)

Light/dark on*

Selectable with potentiometer IP67 & IP69K

IP rating

ABS

Housing material Lens material

PC (glass lens on T51, T53) M8 4-pole contact or M12 pig-tail

Connection Approvals

NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version

Distance

Light emission

Setting

Polarised retro reflective

0.1…5 m

Red LED 660 nm

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Through beam

0…25 m

Red LED 660 nm

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

0…0.8 m (T51) 0…2 m (T53)

Red LED 660 nm

Set push button (T53) trimmer (T51)

0…500 mm

Red LED 660 nm

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Retro refelctive for transparent Diffuse proximity

50…300 mm

Red LED 660 nm

8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer

100…300 mm

Red LED 660 nm

8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer, teach-in button

Contrast

9 +/- 2 mm

RGB LED auto selection

Set push button, mono-turn trimmer

Luminescence

Background suppression Background suppression (clear detection)

10…30 mm

UV LED 375 nm

Set push button, remote input

Laser polarised retro reflective

0…10 m

Class II Red laser

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Laser background suppression

20…200 mm

Class II Red laser

8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer

Laser background suppression (clear detection)

50…150 mm

Class II Red laser

8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer, teach-in button

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Polarised retro reflective (LED)

Polarised retro reflective (laser)*

Diffuse proximity

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

Background suppression*

Background suppression for clear detection*

Retro reflective for transparent basic

Retro reflective for transparent plastic

Retro reflective for transparent metal

Contrast basic

Contrast static teach

Contrast dynamic teach

Luminescence

–

Housing Plastic

Stainless steel

Optics Laser radial*

Radial

Connection M12 pig-tail

M8 connector

Sensing type

Output PNP

NPN

Emitter output (G00 only)

* Laser only available in polarised retro reflective (B51); background suppression (M01); & clear detection (M53)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Compact sensors

Technical data

S62 series

10 - 30 V dc

Supply voltage

30 mA max LED, 40 mA max Laser

Power consumption

NPN, PNP, NOand NC, 100 mA max, relay output

Output

• High-resolution sensors with LED or laser emission

100 mA

Output current

-10…+55ºC Laser -25…+55ºC LED

Temperature range

• High installation flexibility

Emission type

• V ac/dc multivoltage version

Yellow LED output; Green LED stable output (LED) Green LED supply voltage (laser) IP67

IP rating

• Sensitivity/distance adjustment trimmer

Housing material

• Cable or M12 rotatable connector

Lens material

• PNP, NPN, PNP/NPN or SPDT relay output

Connection

ABS PMMA 2 m cable or 4-pin M12 contacts

Approvals NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version

Distance

Light Emission

Switching Frequency (PNP/NPN)

Switching Frequency (Relay)

0.1…13 m

LED Red 640 nm

1 kHz

20 Hz

0.1…8 m

LED Red 640 nm

1 kHz

20 Hz

Short range diffuse proximity

0…900 mm

LED Red 640 nm

1 kHz

20 Hz

Long range diffuse proximity

0…200 cm

LED Red 640 nm

1 kHz

20 Hz

0…25 m

LED Red 640 nm

500 Hz

20 Hz

Very short background suppression

30…300 mm

LED Red 640 nm

1 kHz

N/A

Short background suppression

60…600 mm

LED Red 640 nm

1 kHz

N/A

Retro reflective Polarised retro reflective

Through beam

60…1200 mm

LED Red 880 nm

500 Hz

N/A

Long background suppression

200…2000 mm

LED Red 880 nm

330 Hz

N/A

Laser polarised retro reflective

0.3…20m on R2

Laser

2.5 kHz

N/A

0…90 cm

Laser

1 kHz

N/A

Medium background suppression

Laser diffuse proximity Laser short background suppression

30…150 mm

Laser

3.5 kHz

N/A

Laser long background suppression

50…350 mm

Laser

2.5 kHz

N/A

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective

Short range diffuse proximity

Long range diffuse proximity

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

Retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective

Short range diffuse proximity

Long range diffuse proximity

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

Background suppression 30…300 mm

Background suppression 60…600 mm

Background suppression 60…1200 mm

Background suppression 200…2000 mm

Polarised retro reflective

Diffuse proximity

Background suppression 30…150 mm

Background suppression 50…350 mm

–

Housing Plastic

Optics Axial optics

Laser optics

Connection 2 m embedded cable VAC

2 m embedded cable

M12 connector

Relay output models

LED pre-cabled models

Laser models

Output Relay output (F01 only)

PNP

NPN

PNP & NPN selectable

Relay output (G00 only)

Indicators & setting S62-A/B/C/F

S62-M with timer

S62-M without timer

A Output status LED

D Distance adjustment trimmer

B Stability LED or Power ON LED (laser version)

E Geared numeric scale

C Timer adjustment trimmer

G Cable output

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

F M12 connector output

SENSORS

Sensors Maxi sensors

DC models

Technical data

S300 PA series

Supply voltage

PNP & NPN, max 100 mA

Output

• Long detection distances • M12 contact or terminal connection

AC models

24 – 240 V ac 10 – 30 V dc max 10% ripple 12 – 240 V dc max 10% ripple SPDT relay: 250 V ac, 30 V dc

Output current

100 mA

Response time

1 ms, 2 ms (F/G)

25 ms -25…+55 °C

Temperature range

• Models with timing function

Emission type

IR LED, Red LED (‘B’ model)

• IP67

LED indication

Yellow = output; Green = satisfactory detection

• Axial optics

Light/dark on

Selectable with potentiometer IP67

IP rating

PBT (with 30% glass fibre),

Housing material

Lens material Terminal connection or M12 4-pin contact

Connection

Terminal connection

Approvals NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Distance

Light emission

Setting

Retro reflective

Version

0.1…15 m

IR LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Polarised retro reflective

0.1…10 m

Red LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

0…50 m

IR LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

5…200 cm

IR LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

20…200 cm

IR LED

7-turn adjustment screw

Through beam Diffuse proximity Background supression

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Retro reflective

Retro reflective with timer

Polarised retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective with timer

Diffuse proximity

Diffuse proximity with timer

Background suppression

Background suppression with timer

Through beam receiver

Through beam receiver with timer

Through beam emitter

–

Housing Plastic

Optics Axial

Terminal block AC/DC

Sensing type

Output PNP/NPN

Relay output NO/NC

Emitter only (G00)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Maxi sensors

DC models

Technical data

S300 PR series

Supply voltage

PNP & NPN, max 100 mA

SPDT relay: 250 V ac, 30 V dc

Output current

100 mA

3 A (resistive load)

Response time

1 ms, 2 ms (‘M’ models)

25 ms

Output

• Long detection distances • M12 contact or terminal connection

AC models

24 – 240 V ac 10 – 30 V dc max 10% ripple 12 – 240 V dc max 10% ripple

-40…+55 °C

Temperature range

• Models with timing function

Emission type

IR LED, Red LED (‘B’ model)

• IP67

LED indication

Yellow = output; Green = satisfactory detection

• Radial optics

Light/dark on

Selectable with potentiometer IP67

IP rating

PBT (with 30% glass fibre),

Housing material

Lens material Terminal connection or M12 4-pin contact

Connection

Terminal connection

Approvals NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Distance

Light emission

Setting

Retro reflective

Version

22 m

Red LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Through beam

60 m

IR LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

IR LED

Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

2.5 m

IR LED

Multi-turn adjustment screw

Diffuse proximity Background suppression

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Polarised retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective with timer

Diffuse proximity

Diffuse proximity with timer

Background suppression

Background suppression with timer

Through beam receiver

Through beam receiver with timer

Through beam emitter

–

Housing Plastic

Optics Radial

Terminal block AC/DC

DC M12 connector

Sensing type

Output PNP/NPN

Relay output NO/NC

Emitter only (G00)

De-fogging system (only available win AC/DC models)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors M18 barrel sensors

Technical data

S15 series

12 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

20 mA max

Power consumption

• Plastic short case version for cost & space saving • Stainless steel case version for IP69K protection • All optic functions at optimal operating distance • Models with fixed setting or trimmer adjustment • Cable, M12 connector & pig-tail versions

PNP 100 mA max

Output Output current

100 mA

Response time

1 ms all models, 4 ms (F00) -25…+55 °C

Temperature range Emission type

Yellow LED indicates output; Green LED indicates supply voltage

Light/dark on*

Selectable with white cable/pin 2 in contact. See engagement. IP69K

IP rating

ABS

Housing material

PMMA

Lens material

2 m embedded cable/M12 4-pole with 150 mm cable (Pig-Tail)

Connection Approvals

* With the light/dark cable disconnected, the direct detecting models are light on and reflector and T/R are dark on. If you opt to connect the light/dark cable, this is with: +V dc light on; 0 V dc dark on For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version

Distance

Light emission

Reaction time

Retro reflective

0.1…5 m on R2

Infrared LED 880 nm

1 ms

Polarised retro reflective

0.1…4 m on R2

Red LED 660 nm

1 ms

1…10 cm

Infrared LED 880 nm

1 ms

Short range diffuse proximity Medium range diffuse proximity Long range diffuse proximity Through beam Background suppression Retro reflective for transparent Fixed focus

1…35 cm

Infrared LED 880 nm

1 ms

1…100 cm

Infrared LED 880 nm

1 ms

20 m

Infrared LED 880 nm

2 ms

40…120 mm

Red LED 660 nm

1 ms

0.1…0.8 m on R2

Red LED 660 nm

1 ms

1…5 cm

Red LED 660 nm

500 μs

Dimensions LED output indicator

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

M12 connector retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective

Medium range diffuse proximity

Long range diffuse proximity

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

Background suppression

Retro reflective for transparents

Retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective

Medium range diffuse proximity

Long range diffuse proximity

Fixed focus

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

–

Housing Plastic

Stainless steel

Optics Axial

Connection 2 m embedded cable

M12 pig-tail

M12 connector

M12 connector models

Cabled or pig-tailed models

Output PNP

NPN

Emitter output (G00)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors M18 barrel sensors

Technical data

S50 series

10 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

≤ 35 mA

Power consumption

• M18 plastic or metal housing

LED indication

Yellow indicates output, green indicates satisfactory detection

Light/dark on

Selectable by output

• M12 or 2 m embedded cable

Temperature range

• UL approved

IP rating

• IP67

Housing material

-25…+55 °C IP67 Housing PBT; Lens PMMA 2 m cable or M12 4-pin connector

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co .uk

Axial optics technical data Sensing type

Distance

Light emission

Reaction time

Setting

Short distance diffuse proximity

100 mm

Infrared LED 880 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

Medium distance diffuse proximity

400 mm

Infrared LED 880 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

Long distance diffuse proximity

700 mm

Infrared LED 880 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

Polarised retro reflective

4.5 m*

Red LED 660 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer Potentiometer

Retro reflective Retro reflective for transparent Background suppression Through beam Fixed focus Luminescence Contrast Laser long diffuse proximity Laser polarised retro reflective Laser through beam

5 m*

Red LED 660 nm

0.5 ms

1.7 m*

Red LED 660 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

50…100 mm

Red LED 630 nm

1 ms

EASYtouch teach

20 m

Infrared LED 880 nm

2 ms

Potentiometer

100 mm

Red LED 630 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

8…20 mm

UV LED 370 nm

500 ms

EASYtouch teach

10 mm

White LED 400-700 nm

100 ms

EASYtouch teach

350 mm

Red Laser 650 nm

333 μs

Potentiometer

Red Laser 650 nm

333 μs

Potentiometer

60 m

Red Laser 650 nm

333 μs

Potentiometer

* Sensing range based on use with a Datalogic R2 reflector

Radial optics technical data Sensing type

Distance

Light emission

Reaction time

Setting

Short distance diffuse proximity

80 mm

Infrared LED 880 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

400 mm

Red LED 630 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

3 m*

Red LED 660 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

Medium distance diffuse proximity Polarised retro reflective

15 m

Infrared LED 880 nm

2 ms

Potentiometer

Retro reflective for transparent

1.7 m*

Red LED 660 nm

0.5 ms

Potentiometer

Fixed focus

80 mm

Red LED 630 nm

2 ms

Potentiometer

250 mm

Red Laser 650 nm

333 ms

Potentiometer

0.1…9 m*

Red Laser 650 nm

333 ms

Potentiometer

50 m

Red Laser 650 nm

333 μs

Potentiometer

Through beam

Laser long diffuse proximity Laser polarised retro reflective Laser through beam

* Sensing range based on use with a Datalogic R2 reflector

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Part number key Type

–

Retro reflective

Polarised retro reflective

Long distance diffuse proximity

Short distance diffuse proximity

Medium distance diffuse proximity

Fixed focus

Fibre optic amplifier

Through beam receiver

Through beam emitter

Background suppression

Retro reflective for transparent

Luminescence

Contrast

–

Housing Plastic

Nickel plated brass

Optics Axial

Radial

Laser axial

Laser radial

Connection 2 m embedded cable

M12 connector

Sensing type

Output PNP

NPN

Emitter output (G00 only)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Fibre amplifiers

Technical data

S7 series

12 – 24 V dc ±10%

Supply voltage

PNP NO light/dark operation programmable

Output

• Cost-effective models with multiturn trimmer adjustment • EASYtouchTM push-button setting • Ultra-thin housing with CLEARLOCKTM patented fibre fixing system • Small size only 10 mm wide

≤ 50 mA

Output current

-10…+55°C

Temperature range

Remote programming (Remote set)

Additional functions

Green LED = Ready Yellow LED = Output

LED indication

IP 65 (S7-7/8 IP50)

IP rating

ABS

Housing material

2 m cable or 4-pin M8 contacts

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number

Detection range (diffuse proximity)

Detection range (through beam)

Output

Connection

Led colour

Display

Setting

S7-1-E-N

0…25 mm

0…75 mm

NPN

2m embedded cable

White

Yes

Set button

S7-1-E-P

0…25 mm

0…75 mm

PNP

2m embedded cable

White

Yes

Set button

NPN

2m embedded cable

Red

Yes

Set button

PNP

2m embedded cable

Red

Yes

Set button

S7-2-E-N

S7-2-E-P

0…50 mm F

0…150 mm F

0…100 mm N

0…300 mm N

0…50 mm F

0…150 mm F

0…100 mm N

0…300 mm N

S7-3-E-N

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

NPN

2m embedded cable

Red

Set button

S7-3-E-P

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

PNP

2m embedded cable

Red

Set button

S7-4-E-N

0…25 mm

0…75 mm

NPN

M8 Connector

White

Yes

Set button

S7-4-E-P

0…25 mm

0…75 mm

PNP

M8 Connector

White

Yes

Set button

NPN

M8 Connector

Red

Yes

Set button

PNP

M8 Connector

Red

Yes

Set button

S7-5-E-N

S7-5-E-P

0…50 mm F

0…150 mm F

0…100 mm N

0…300 mm N

0…50 mm F

0…150 mm F

0…100 mm N

0…300 mm N

S7-6-E-N

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

NPN

M8 Connector

Red

Set button

S7-6-E-P

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

PNP

M8 Connector

Red

Set button

S7-7-E-N

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

NPN

2m embedded cable

Red

Potentiometer

S7-7-E-P

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

PNP

2m embedded cable

Red

Potentiometer

S7-8-E-N

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

NPN

M8 Connector

Red

Potentiometer

S7-8-E-P

0…100 mm

0…300 mm

PNP

M8 Connector

Red

Potentiometer

N = Normal mode / F = Fast mode

Dimensions

Cable version

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Fibre optic sensors

Technical data

S70 series

10 – 30 V dc (reverse polarity protection) 18 – 30 V dc (IO-Link mod. S70…PZ)

Power supply

PNP or NPN; PNP and push-pull (IO-Link mod. S70…PZ)

Output

• DIN rail mountable models with dual digital displays • Teach-in setting via +/SET/– pushbutton/switch, remote input or IO-Link • Standard 2 m cable or M8 4-pole connection

100 mA max

Output current

-10…55 °C

Operating temperature Light emission

Red 660 nm (mod. S70…E1); Red 635 nm (mod. S70…E2) Yellow OUTPUT LED Red SIGNAL LEVEL 4-digit display; Green THRESHOLD 4-digit display

Indicators

IP50, NEMA 1

Mechanical protection

ABS

Housing material

2 m cable, M8 4-pole connector

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number

Optic function

Response time

Connection

Output

S70-2-E1-N

Optic fibre

200 µs…5 ms

2 m cable

NPN

S70-2-E1-P

Optic fibre

200 µs…5 ms

2 m cable

PNP

S70-5-E1-N

Optic fibre

200 µs…5 ms

M8 connector

NPN

S70-5-E1-P

Optic fibre

200 µs…5 ms

M8 connector

PNP

S70-5-E1-PZ

Optic fibre

200 µs…5 ms

M8 connector

PNP, push-pull IO-Link

S70-5-E2-N

Optic fibre

10 µs…1 ms

M8 connector

NPN

S70-5-E2-P

Optic fibre

10 µs…1 ms

M8 connector

PNP

Dimensions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Fibre optics

Technical data

OF series

Ø 2.2 mm; Ø 1 mm (TN vers)

External diameter (sheath) Internal diameter (core) Bending radius

• Extra-flexible versions

Ø 1 mm; Ø 1.5 mm (HP vers); Ø 0.5 mm (TN vers) 25 mm; 15 mm (TN vers); 5 mm (XF vers); 2 mm (UF vers) IP67

Mechanical protection

• High-temperature versions

PMMA plastic

Core material

• High-efficiency versions

Sheath material

• Focusing, collimating & deviating lenses

Terminal material

PE plastic Nickel plated brass

Operating temperature

-40…+60 °C; -40…+125 °C (HT vers)

Storage temperature

-40…+60 °C; -40…+125 °C (HT vers)

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model

Optic function

Fibre type

Length **

Terminal

OF-18-ST-10

Proximity

Standard

M6 x 1 mm

OF-19-ST-10

Through beam

Standard

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-21-CL-20

Through beam

Coiled

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-22-ST-20

Proximity

Standard

M6 x 1 mm *

OF-23-ST-20

Through beam

Standard

M4 x 0.7 mm *

OF-24-ST-20

Proximity

Standard

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-25-TN-10

Through beam

Thin (Ø1 mm)

M2 x 0.4 mm

OF-26-TN-10

Proximity

Thin (Ø1 mm)

M3 x 0.5 mm

OF-28-TN-10

Proximity

Thin (Ø1 mm)

M3 x 0.5 mm *

OF-36-ST-20

Coaxial proximity

Standard

M6 x 1 mm

OF-36-XF-20

Coaxial proximity

Extra-flexible

M6 x 1 mm

OF-38-ST-20

Proximity

Standard

D3 x 15 mm

OF-42-ST-20

Proximity

Standard

M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-42-HT-20

Proximity

High-temperature

M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-42-UF-20

Proximity

Ultra-flexible

M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-42-HP-20

Proximity

High-efficiency

M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-43-ST-20

Through beam

Standard

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-43-HT-20

Through beam

High-temperature

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-43-UF-20

Through beam

Ultra-flexible

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-43-HP-20

Through beam

High-efficiency

M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-44-ST-20

Coaxial proximity

Standard

M4 x 0.7 mm

* A bendable stainless steel extension 90 mm long protrudes from the threaded optic head; ** The length indicated is approximate; please refer to the mechanical drawings for the exact dimensions

Accessories Model

Description

Suitable fibres

AF-1

2 pcs 90° deviating lenses

OF-43-xx

AF-2

2 pcs long distance collimating lenses (x 10)

OF-43-xx

AF-3

1 pc focusing lens with 4 mm resolution

OF-44-xx

AF-4

1 pc focusing lens with 0.4 mm resolution

OF-44-xx

AF-5

2 pcs adapters Ø2.2 mm for thin fibres

OF-xx-tn

AF-7

1 pc metal sheath for M6 x 0.75 Fibres

OF-42-xx

AF-9

1 pc metal sheath for M4 x 07 fibres

OF-43-xx (*)

AF-11

Fibre-cutting tool with Ø2.2 mm and Ø1.1 mm holes

All

2 sheaths have to be ordered for both the emitter-receiver sections 40

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Contrast sensors

Technical data

TLμ series

10 – 30 V dc polarity protection

Supply voltage

PNP & NPN

Output

200 mA max short-circuit protected

Output current

• Red/green or white LED

80 mA max

Power consumption

• Large variation with lenses and fibre accessories

50 μs max, 25 ms max (TLμ-4/5xx vers)

Reaction time

10 kHzmax, 20 kHz max (TLμ-4/5xx vers)

Change-over frequency

• Reaction time of 50 μs • Pre-cabled or M12 connector

Temp. range

-10…+55 °C

Light source

Red 630 nm/green 526 nm LED; White LED (TLμ-4/5xx vers)

Standard light point

1.5 x 5 mm (9 mm lens); Ø 3 mm (9 lens – circular) ±3 mm (9 mm lens)

Standard detection depth Setting

Teach-in with 2 push buttons; external teach with 2 cables

LED indication

Red OUTPUT LED; Green POWER LED (vers TLμ-417/517); Green READY LED

Light/dark on

Automatic

Analogue output

0 – 5.5 V dc (2 V dc on white 90%) 2.2 kΩ output resistance 20 ms minimum output ON

Time function IP-class

IP67

Housing material

Zinc Glass

Lens material

M12 4-pole contact; 3m Ø6.1 mm screened cable

Connection

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Model

Emission

Spot

Optics

Connection

Output

TLµ-011

Red/green

Vertical

9 mm

Cable

NPN

TLµ-011L

Red/green

Horizontal

9 mm

Cable

NPN

TLµ-015

Red/green

Vertical

9 mm

M12 connector

NPN

TLµ-015L

Red/green

Horizontal

9 mm

M12 connector

NPN

TLµ-065

Red/green

Vertical

18 mm

M12 connector

NPN

TLµ-111

Red/green

Vertical

9 mm

Cable

PNP

TLµ-111L

Red/green

Horizontal

9 mm

Cable

PNP

TLµ-115

Red/green

Vertical

9 mm

M12 connector

PNP

TLµ-115L

Red/green

Horizontal

9 mm

M12 connector

PNP

TLµ-165

Red/green

Vertical

18 mm

M12 connector

PNP

TLµ-415C

White

Circular

9 mm

M12 connector

NPN

TLµ-411C

White

Circular

9 mm

Cable

NPN

TLµ-445

White

Refer to fibres

Fibre-optic

M12 connector

NPN

TLµ-515C

White

Circular

9 mm

M12 connector

PNP

TLµ-511C

White

Circular

9 mm

Cable

PNP

TLµ-545

White

Refer to fibres

Fibre-optic

M12 connector

PNP

Accessories Model

Description

Lens Hi-Res

Lens with 9 mm focus *

Lens No.18

Lens with 18 mm focus

Lens No.22

Lens with 22 mm focus

Lens No.28

Lens with 28 mm focus

Lens No.SO

Lens with 50 mm focus

OF-30-S

Plastic fibre-optic L 50 cm – point–shaped spot proximity

OF-31-10

Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – point–shaped spot proximity

OF-32-10

Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – rectangular spot proximity

OF-33-10

Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – through beam

OF-34-10

Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – horizontal spot go* proximity

OF-3S-10

Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – vertical spot go* proximity

* Focusing lens to screw between the sensor and the normal 9 mm lens

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Contrast sensors

TL46-W

Technical data

TL46 series

50mA max @ 24 V dc

Power consumption

• Automatic, manual & dynamic setting

85mA max @ 24 V dc (bargraph ON) 55mA max @ 24 V dc (bargraph OFF)

35mA max @ 24 Vdc

1 PNP/NPN selectable output (default PNP configuration)

Output

• Teach-in with 4 digit display option

TL46-WLF

10 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

• RGB LED emission

TL46-WL

100 mA max

Output current

• 15, 20 or 30 kHz switiching frequency

Response time

• NPN/PNP selection & analogue output

Switching frequency

33 μs

25 μs

16 μs

15 kHz

20 kHz

30 kHz

-10…+55 °C

Temperature range

Red (630 nm); Green (520 nm); Blue (465 nm)

Emission type

IP67

IP rating

Aluminium

Housing material PMMA

Lens material

Glass

M12 5-pole connector rotatable on 5 position

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part Number

Light Emission

Output

Setting

Indicators

TL46-W-815

RGB vertical spot

Selectable PNP/NPN

Teach-in

2 LEDs

TL46-W-815L

RGB horizontal spot

Selectable PNP/NPN

Teach-in

2 LEDs

TL46-WL-815

RGB vertical spot

Selectable PNP/NPN

Teach-in

4 LEDs bargraph

TL46-WL-815L

RGB horizontal spot

Selectable PNP/NPN

Teach-in

4 LEDs bargraph

TL46-WLF-815

RGB vertical spot

Selectable PNP/NPN

Teach-in

4 LEDs display

TL46-WLF-815L

RGB horizontal spot

Selectable PNP/NPN

Teach-in

4 LEDs display

Lens attachments available Description

Model Lens No.9 glass

Glass lens with 9 mm focus

Lens No.9 PMMA

Plastic lens with 9 mm focus

Lens Hi-Res glass

Additional focussing glass lens (*)

Lens No.18 glass

Glass lens with 18 mm focus

Lens No.22 glass

Glass lens with 22 mm focus

Lens No.28 glass

Glass lens with 28 mm focus

Lens No.40 glass

Glass lens with 40 mm focus

* Focusing lens to screw between the sensor and normal 9 mm lens to reduce the light spot dimension and increase resolution

Spot orientation

Horizontal spot is present in the TL46 models with final L suffix Horizontal spot

SENSORS

Vertical spot

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Luminescence sensors

LD46-UL-715

Technical data

LD46 range

LD46-UL-755

15 – 30 V dc, polarity protection

Supply voltage

1 NPN output, 1 PNP output

Output

0.75 – 5.5 V max

Analogue output

• Luminescence spot detection

LD46-UL-735

100 mA max

Output current

• 6 x High-Power UV LED

Response time

• Reaction time of 250 μs

Temperature range

• Simple setting with +/- buttons

Emission type

250 μs -10…+55 °C LED UV, 375 nm 2 x 8 mm at 10 mm 4 x 15 mm at 50 mm 3 x 11 mm at 24 mm

Light point Detection distance

10 – 20 mm

30 – 50 mm

20 – 40 mm

IP67

IP class

Aluminium

Housing material

Glass

Lens material

M12 5-pole contact

Connection

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number

Detection range

Output

Setting

Light emission

LD46-UL-715

10...20mm

Selectable PNP/NPN

Manual using +/- and set push buttons

LED UV 375 nm

Manual using +/- and set push buttons

LED UV 375 nm

Manual using +/- and set push buttons

LED UV 375 nm

LD46-UL-735

30...50mm

Selectable PNP/NPN

LD46-UL-755

20...40mm

Selectable PNP/NPN

Lens attachments available Model

Description

Lens No.9 glass

Glass lens with 9 mm focus

Lens No.22 glass

Glass lens with 22 mm focus

Lens No.40 glass

Glass lens with 40 mm focus

* Focusing lens to screw between the sensor and normal 9 mm lens to reduce the light spot dimension and increase resolution

Indication & setting

Yellow OUTPUT LED

Green READY LED

Orange DELAY LED

Orange KEYLOCK LED

Bargraph

+/- push buttons

SET push button

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Dimensions

SENSORS

Sensors Slot sensors

Technical data

SR21 series

Supply voltage

• High 25 kHz switching frequency • IR or red/green light models • Detection of semi-transparent labels

10 – 30 V dc, reverse polarity protection

Output

NPN and PNP, Rpull-down/up 10 kW

Output current

100 mA max, short-circuit protection

Response time

20 μs max

Temperature range

-20…+60 °C

Emission type

Infrared LED 880 nm (IR vers.) Red 635 nm/green LED 535 nm (RG vers.)

• Detection of register marks on transparents

LED indication

Yellow OUTPUT LED

Light/dark on

Configurable

• 4-wire activated NPN or PNP output

Resolution

0.5 mm

Slot width

2 mm

Slot depth

50 mm AUTO SET push-button

Setting

IP65

IP rating Housing material

ZAMA

Lens material

Glass

Connection

M8 4-pole connector

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number

Emission

SR21-IR

Infrared

Switching frequency 25 kHz

SR21-RG

Red/green

25 kHz

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Slot sensors

Technical data

SR22 series

Supply voltage

• Fast switching frequency up to 10 kHz • Infrared LED light emission

24 V dc ±15% NPN/PNP

Output Output current

200 mA max

Response time

50 μs max

Temperature range

-10…+60 °C

• Trimmer for sensibility adjustment

Emission type

Infrared LED 880 nm

• 4-wire antivalent NPN or PNP outputs

LED indication

Red OUTPUT LED

• Compact metal housing with glass lenses

Light/dark on

Dark (SR22-5-IR-OD); Light (SR22-5-IR-OL) 1 mm

Resolution Slot width

2 mm

Slot depth

40 mm

Setting

Trimmer IP60

IP rating Housing material Lens material Connection

Aluminium Glass M8 4-pole

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number

Detection mode

Switching frequency

SR22-5-IR-OD

Dark

10 kHz

SR22-5-IR-OL

Light

10 kHz

Dimensions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Fork sensors

Technical data

SR23 series

Supply voltage

• Multilayer labels detection • 5 mm slot width

10 – 30 V dc PNP/NPN

Output Output current

100 mA max

Response time

40 µs max

Temperature range

-20…5 °C

• Push-button dynamic or static setting

Emission type

Infrared 850 nm

• Compact and robust housing, IP65

LED indication

READY LED (green), OUT LED (yellow)

• M8 connector or 2 m cable models

Switching frequency

• PNP or NPN models

Slot width

5 mm 50 mm

Slot depth

SET push-button

Setting

IP65

IP rating Housing material Lens material Connection

12 kHz max.

Aluminum (Zama) PC M8 4-pole connector, 2 m cable 4 wires

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number

Output

Connection

SR23-2-IR-PH

PNP

2 m cable

SR23-2-IR-NH

NPN

4-wire

SR23-5-IR-PH

PNP

M8 connector

SR23-5-IR-NH

NPN

4-pole

Dimensions Cabled

M8 connector

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Ultrasonic fork sensors

Technical data

SRX3

12 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

PNP/NPN

Output

• Dynamic or static teach models • Slot size 3mm

Output current

250 mA max

Response time

1ms

Temperature range

0…+50 °C

• High resolution up to 2 mm label gap

Minimum pulse time

1 ms

• M8 connector with PNP/NPN output

Ultrasonic frequency

300 kHz

• M12 connector with PNP/NPN output & external teach-in

Rising time

0.8 μs max

Falling time

1.6 μs max

• Rugged & sturdy aluminium housing

IP rating

IP54

Housing material Switching frequency

Aluminium 500 Hz M12 5-pin

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number SRX3-5-US-M12-PNH SRX3-5-US-3-M12-PNH SRX3-6-US-M8-PH SRX3-6-US-3-M8-PH SRX3-6-US-M8-PN SRX3-6-US-3-M8-PN

Adjustment

Output

Dynamic teach-in

PNP/NPN +EXT

Connection M12 5-pin

Static teach-in

PNP/NPN +EXT

M12 5-pin

Dynamic teach-in

PNP+EXT

M8 4-pin

Static teach-in

PNP+EXT

M8 4-pin

Dynamic teach-in

PNP/NPN

M8 4-pin

Static teach-in

PNP/NPN

M8 4-pin

Dimensions

M8 connector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

M12 connector

SENSORS

Sensors Fork sensors

Technical data

SRF series

• Visible red LED emission versions • High resolution laser versions

Supply voltage

10 – 30 V dc

Output

PNP or NPN

Output current

200 mA short circuit protection

Response time

166 µs (laser version); 333 µs (LED version) -10…+60 °C

Temperature range

• Versions with 30, 50, 80 & 120 mm slots

Emmision type

Red LED 640 nm2; Red laser 650 nm3

• Sensitivity adjustment & dark/light selectors

LED indication

Red LED

• Sturdy metal housing with glass lenses

IP rating

IP65 Anodised aluminium

Housing material

Glass

Lens material

M8 3-pole

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model

Slot

Emission type

Output

Resolution

SRF-30-5-P

30 mm

Red LED

PNP

0.3 mm

SRF-30-5-N

30 mm

Red LED

NPN

0.3 mm

SRF-50-5-P

50 mm

Red LED

PNP

0.5 mm

SRF-50-5-N

50 mm

Red LED

NPN

0.5 mm

SRF-80-5-P

80 mm

Red LED

PNP

0.5 mm

SRF-80-5-N

80 mm

Red LED

NPN

0.5 mm

SRF-120-5-P

120 mm

Red LED

PNP

0.8 mm

SRF-120-5-N

120 mm

Red LED

NPN

0.8 mm

SRF-L-30-5-P

30 mm

Red laser

PNP

0.06 mm

SRF-L-50-5-P

50 mm

Red laser

PNP

0.1 mm

SRF-L-80-5-P

80 mm

Red laser

PNP

0.2 mm

SRF-L-120-5-P

120 mm

Red laser

PNP

0.3 mm

Indication & setting

Dimensions

A D C B

OUTPUT status LED

Sensitivity trimmer

Orutput type selector

M8 connector output

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Colour sensors

Technical data

S65-V series

10 – 30 V dc, ripple 2 Vpp

Supply voltage

PNP/NPN

Output

• 3 separate outputs

≤100 mA

Output current

5 – 45 mm

Detection distance

• LED with white light and RGB receiver

Response time

• 2 push-button easy setting

Temperature range

• 4 digit display

Emission type

White LED 400 – 700 nm

LED indication

4 digit display; Green active OUTPUT LEDs Yellow ‘OR’ function OUTPUT LED

335 μs -10…+55°C

Approx. 4 mm at 20 mm

Light point IP rating

IP67

Housing material

ABS

Lens material

Glass

Time function

Selectable between 5, 10, 20, 30 and 40 ms M12 8-pole contact

Connection

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Model

Connection

Output

S65-PA-5-V09-NNN

M12 connector

NPN

S65-PA-5-V09-NNNZ

M12 connector

NPN

S65-PA-5-V09-PPP

M12 connector

PNP

S65-PA-5-V09-PPPZ

M12 connector

PNP

S65-PA-5-V19-NNN

M12 connector

NPN

S65-PA-5-V19-NNNZ

M12 connector

NPN

S65-PA-5-V19-PPP

M12 connector

PNP

S65-PA-5-V19-PPPZ

M12 connector

PNP

Indication & setting

Output ‘OR’ function LED

SET push-button

Output status LED

+/- selection push-buttons

4 digit display

12 connector output, M orientable on 2 positions

SET push-button

RS485

Dimensions

Connection S65-PA-5

Versions & options refer to model selection table

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Distance sensors

Technical data

S80 series

15 – 30 V dc (limit values)

Supply voltage

2 PNP NO or NPN NO; 4…20 mA analogue

Output

• High precision & speed

Output current

≤100 mA

Response time

5 ms (NORMAL)/1 ms (FAST) 6 ms (YLO)

• Proximity measurement range scalable from 0…7 m

Temperature range

• Retroreflex measurement range reaching 20 or 100 m on reflector

IP rating

-10…+50 °C

Emission type

• 4 digit display & RS485 serial interface

Red laser 658 nm, class 2 IP67 Aluminium

Housing material

Glass

Lens material

M12 8-pole

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Maximum distance

Reflector

Connection

Output

S80-MH-5-Y09-PPIZ

Model

M12 connector

PNP

S80-MH-5-Y09-NNIZ

M12 connector

NPN

S80-MH-5-YL09-PPIZ

M12 connector

PNP

S80-MH-5-YL09-NNIZ S80-MH-5-Y19-PPIZ

M12 connector

NPN

20 m

Yes *

M12 connector

PNP

S80-MH-5-Y19-NNIZ

20 m

Yes *

M12 connector

NPN

S80-MH-5-Y29-PPIZ

100 m

Yes *

M12 connector

PNP

S80-MH-5-Y29-NNIZ

100 m

Yes *

M12 connector

NPN

* Supplied with the sensor

Indication & setting

OUT

Dimensions

Output ‘OR’ function LED

Output status LED

Response time LED

4 digit display

SET push-button

+/- Buttons

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Distance sensors

Technical data

S81 series

24 V dc +/- 20%, limit values

Power supply

2 PNP or NPN outputs; 1 PNP or NPN alarm output (only S81...M) 1 analogue 0-10 v output (only S81...Y)

Output type

• Proximity measurement up to 4 m

Output current

100 mA max.

• Easy setting via push-buttons

Response time

5 ms

• 2 PNP or NPN digital outputs

Operating temperature

-10…+50 °C

Light emission

• 0 – 10 V analogue output or alarm output

Red laser 665 nm, Class 2 IP67

Mechanical protection

ABS

Housing material

PMMA

Lens material

M12 8-pole

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Selection table Part number

Analogue output 0-10 V

Scalable 0-10 V analogue output

Alarm output Switching outputs

2 NPN

2 PNP Switching outputs

S81-PL-5-M03-NNC S81-PL-5-M03-PPC S81-PL-5-Y03-NNV S81-PL-5-Y03-PPV S81-PL-5-Y03-PPVK

Part number

Max distance

Analogue out

Alarm output

Switching output

Yes

2 NPN

S81-PL-5-M03-NNC S81-PL-5-M03-PPC

Yes

2 PNP

S81-PL-5-Y03-NNV

Yes

2 NPN

S81-PL-5-Y03-PPV

Yes

2 PNP

S81-PL-5-Y03-PPVK

Yes

2 PNP

Indication & setting

Dimensions

A B

C D

Output 2 push-button

Output 1 push-button

Output 1 LED

Output 2 LED

Power/alarm LED

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Distance sensors

Technical data

S85 series

24 V dc ±20%

Supply voltage

2 PNP NO or NPN NO; 4…20 mA analogue

Output

• Time of Flight technology

Output current

≤100 mA

Response time

30 ms (S85…Y03); 15 – 30 ms (S85…Y13)

• Class 2 visible red LASER for an easy alignment with the target

Temperature range

• Measuring range up to 10 m or 20 m in the advanced model

IP rating

• Standard M12 connector

Emission type

• IP67 Industrial metal housing

Connection

Red laser Class 2 IP65, IP67

Housing material Lens material

-15…+50 °C

Zinc alloy ZAMA 13 PMMA M12 8-pole (S85…Y13); M12 5-pole (S85…Y03)

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model S85-MH-5-Y03-OOV

Optic function

Operating distance

Connection

Distance sensor (basic)

10 m

M12 5-pole

Output/input 2 digital outputs; analogue output voltage 0…10 V

Distance sensor (basic)

10 m

M12 5-pole

2 digital outputs; analogue output current 4…20 mA

S85-MH-5-Y13-OO1VY

Distance sensor (advanced)

20 m

M12 8-pole

2 digital outputs; analogue output current 4…20 mA or voltage 0…10 V; RS485 multifunction input

S85-MH-5-Y13-OOY

Distance sensor (advanced)

20 m

M12 8-pole

2 digital outputs; RS485 multifunction input

S85-MH-5-Y03-OO1

Accessories +8°

-12°

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Area sensors

Technical data

AS1 series

24 V dc ±15%

Supply voltage

1 PNP

Output

• Crossed beam area sensors • 100 mm controlled height

Output current

200 mA max

Response time

1.75 mn (AS1-SR vers.); 2.75 – 8 ms (AS1-HR vers.) -0…+50 °C

Temperature range

• Operating distance reaching 3 m

Emission type

Infrared 880 nm

• Adjusting trimmer

LED indication

Green POWER ON LED; yellow OUT LED

Transmitter indication

Green POWER ON LED

Number of lens globes

6 (AS1-SR vers.); 16 (AS1-HR vers.) IP65

IP rating

Aluminium

Housing material

PMMA

Lens material

M12 4-pole (TX); M12 5-pole (RX)

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Model

Distance

Resolution

Controlled height

AS1-LD-HR-010-J

0.3 – 2.1 m

High

100 mm

ASI-LD-HR-P-010-P

0.3 – 2.1 m

High

100 mm

AS1-LD-SR-010-J

0.3 – 2.1 m

Standard

100 mm

ASI-LD-SR-P-010-P

0.3 – 2.1 m

Standard

100 mm

AS1-HD-HR-010-J

0.8 – 3 m

High

100 mm

AS1-HD-SR-010-J

0.8 – 3 m

Standard

100 mm

Adjustment

Fixing brackets and screws are supplied in the package

Dimensions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Reflectors

Prismatic reflectors

Technical data

R series

IP67

Mechanical protection

Reflector in PMMA plastic; support in ABS

Material

• Prismatic reflectors for retro reflective sensors

Operating temperature

-30…+70 °C

Storage temperature

-30…+70 °C

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

• High efficiency models for long operating distances • Microprism reflectors for sensors with laser emission

Part number

Description

RT3870

200 x 300 mm self-adhesive reflective tape

RT3970

200 x 300 mm self-adhesive reflective tape for polarised light

RT3970

60 x 40 mm self-adhesive reflective tape for polarised light Ø 23 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 31 mm support

R1 R2

Ø 48 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 63 mm support

18 x 54 mm prismatic reflector with 22 x 82 mm support

47x 47 mm prismatic reflector with 51.5 x 61 mm support

Ø 75 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 82 mm support

36 x 55 mm prismatic reflector with 40.5 x 60 mm support

38 x 40 mm microprism reflector with 51 x 61 mm support

9.7 x 19 mm microprism reflector with 13.8 x 23 mm support

Ø 23 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 25 mm self-adhesive support

R10

36 x 176 mm prismatic reflector with 41 x 181 mm support

R11

146 x 15 mm prismatic reflector with 150 x 18 mm support

R20

Ø 48 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 63 mm support

S12

Ø 48 mm prismatic reflector with ch.52 Mm hexagon support

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Measurement sensors

Technical data

DS1 series

24 V dc ±20%

Supply voltage

1 PNP output, 1 x 0 – 10 V analogue output

Output

• Measurement of object dimensions or position • Controlled heights ranging from 100 to 300 mm

• Adjustment trimmer

0…+55 °C

Temperature range

Infrared (880 nm)

LED indication

Green POWER ON LED; Yellow OUT LED

Receiver indication

• Operating distance reaching 4 m • PNP & 0 – 10 V analogue output

1 ms – 2.75 ms

Reaction time

Green POWER ON LED

Transmitter indication

4 – 7 mm

Resolution

IP65

IP rating

Aluminium

Housing material

PMMA

Lens material Connection

TX: M12 4-pole contact; RX: M12 8-pole contact

Approvals

IP65 (EN 60529) For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model

Resolution

Operating distance

Controlled height

DS1-LD-SR-010-JV

Standard

0.15…2.10 m

100 mm

DS1-LD-HR-010-JV

High

0.15…2.10 m

100 mm

DS1-LD-SR-015-JV

Standard

0.15…2.10 m

150 mm

DS1-LD-HR-015-JV

High

0.15…2.10 m

150 mm

DS1-LD-SR-030-JV

Standard

0.15…2.10 m

300 mm

DS1-LD-SR-010-PV

Standard

0.15…2.10 m

100 mm

DS1-LD-SR-015-PV

Standard

0.15…2.10 m

150 mm

DS1-LD-SR-030-PV

Standard

0.15…2.10 m

300 mm

DS1-SD-SR-010-JV

Standard

0.15…0.80 m

100 mm

DS1-SD-HR-010-JV

High

0.15…0.80 m

100 mm

DS1-SD-SR-015-JV

Standard

0.15…0.80 m

150 mm

DS1-SD-HR-015-JV

High

0.15…0.80 m

150 mm

DS1-SD-SR-030-JV

Standard

0.15…0.80 m

300 mm

DS1-HD-SR-010-JV

Standard

0.20…4.00 m

100 mm

DS1-HD-SR-015-JV

Standard

0.20…4.00 m

150 mm

DS1-HD-SR-030-JV

Standard

0.20…4.00 m

300 mm

Trimmer

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Measurement sensors

Technical data

DS2 series

DS2-05-07…JV

1 change-over output; load max 10 kW load min 100 W 1 analogue output; 0 – 10 V (DVmax. 2%)

Output

0…+50 °C

Temperature range

Infrared (880 nm)

LED indication

• 150…2500 mm controlled height • Operating distance up to 5 m or 10 m

DS2-05-07…JE

24 V dc ±20%

Supply voltage

• Measurement in automatic material handling

DS2-05-25…JV

IP65 (EN 60529)

IP rating Housing material

Painted aluminium (Pulverit 5121/0085 black) PMMA

Lens material

• Digital PNP output

Connection

TX: M12 4-pole contact; RX: M12 8-pole contact;; M12 4-pole type “D” (DS2-05-07…JE only)

• 0…10 V analogue output

Approvals

IP65 (EN 60529)

• Serial RS485 protocol or ethernet host interface

Model

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Distance

Controlled height

Operating range

DS3-SD-015

Short

150 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-030

Short

300 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-045

Short

450 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-060

Short

600 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-LD-015

Long

150 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-030

Long

300 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-045

Long

450 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-060

Long

600 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

Fixing brackets and screws are supplied with the product Model

Optics interaxis (mm)

h1 Length of controlled area (mm)

A x B (mm)

h (mm)

N°. beams

DS2-05-07-015-JV

6.75

147

35 x 40

256

DS2-05-07-030-JV

6.75

294

35 x 40

403

DS2-05-07-045-JV

6.75

441

35 x 40

550

DS2-05-07-060-JV

6.75

588

35 x 40

697

DS2-05-07-075-JV

6.75

735

35 x 40

844

105

DS2-05-07-090-JV

6.75

882

35 x 40

991

126

DS2-05-07-105-JV

6.75

1029

35 x 40

1138

147

DS2-05-07-120-JV

6.75

1176

35 x 40

1285

168

DS2-05-07-135-JV

6.75

1323

35 x 40

1432

189

DS2-05-07-150-JV

6.75

1470

35 x 40

1579

210

ds2-05-07-165-Jv

6.75

1617

35 x 40

1726

231

ds2-05-25-045-Jv

453

35 x 40

562

ds2-05-25-060-Jv

604

35 x 40

713

ds2-05-25-075-Jv

755

35 x 40

864

ds2-05-25-090-Jv

912

35 x 40

1015

ds2-05-07-060-Je

6.75

588

35 x 40

697

ds2-05-07-075-Je

6.75

735

35 x 40

844

105

ds2-05-07-090-Je

6.75

882

35 x 40

991

126

ds2-05-07-120-Je

6.75

1176

35 x 40

1285

168

ds2-05-07-150-Je

6.75

1470

35 x 40

1579

210

ds2-05-07-165-Je

6.75

1617

35 x 40

1726

231

Dimensions RX

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Measurement sensors

Technical data

DS3 series

24 V dc ±15 %

Supply voltage

1 PNP output max 10 kW load 1 analog output; 0 – 10 V (D V max 5%)

Output

• Operating distance reaching 1.5 m & up to 600 mm controlled height • Digital PNP & 0…10 V analogue outputs • Simple configuration using the internal dip-switches

Temperature range

-10…+55 °C

Receiver indicators

Green POWER ON LED; Orange OUT LED; Red FAILURE/ERROR LED Green power on LED

LED indication

IP65 (EN 60529)

IP rating

Painted aluminium (shiny black RAL9005)

Housing material

PMMA

Lens material

M12 4-pole connector for TX; M12 8-pole connector for RX

Connection

• Teach-in setting

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Distance

Controlled height

Operating range

DS3-SD-015

Model

Short

150 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-030

Short

300 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-045

Short

450 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-060

Short

600 mm

0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-LD-015

Long

150 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-030

Long

300 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-045

Long

450 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-060

Long

600 mm

0.6…1.5 mm

Fixing brackets and screws are supplied with the product

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Inductive sensors

Technical data

IS-08 series

10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Supply voltage

• 1.5 mm to 2 mm operating distance – shielded, unshielded • Short housing models

Output

PNP or NPN

Output current

200 mA max

Switching frequency

1000 Hz

Temperature range

- 25…+70 °C Yellow LED

LED indication

• Cable or M8 or M12 connector models

IP67

IP rating

• Output status LED

Nickel plated brass

Housing material

2 m cable or M8 and M12 connector

Connection Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number key Type

2 m embedded cable

M8 3-pole connector

M12 4-pole connector

8 mm barrel diameter

–

Housing Flush standard housing

Flush short housing

Non-flush standard housing

Non-flush short housing

Flush standard housing double range

Non-flush standard housing double range

Flush short housing (steel)

Non-flush short housing (steel)

Output 10 – 30 V dc PNP NO

10 – 30 V dc PNP NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO

10 – 30 V dc NPN NC

NAMUR

Connections

Popular inductives Part Number

Description

IS-08-A1-03

Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – PNP NO – 2 m cable

IS-08-A1-S1

Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – PNP NO – M8 connector

IS-08-A1-S2

Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-08-A3-S2

Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – NPN NO – M12 connector

IS-08-C1-S2

Ø8 standard – non flush 2 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-08-C3-03

Ø8 standard – non flush 2 mm – NPN NO – 2 m cable

IS-08-G1-S2

Ø8 short – double range flush 2 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-08-H1-S2

Ø8 short – double range non flush 3 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Inductive sensors

Technical data

IS-12 series

10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Supply voltage

• Suitable for a wide range of industrial applications • Stainless steel versions suitable for food applications

Output

PNP or NPN

Output current

200 mA max

Switching frequency

1000 Hz

Temperature range

- 25…+70 °C Yellow LED

LED indication

IP67

IP rating

• 1X and 2X operating distances: high detection reliability & precise reading

Nickel plated brass

Housing material

2 m cable or M12 connector

Connection

• Flexible 2, 3 or 4 wire connections

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number key Type

2 m embedded cable

M12 4-pole connector

12 mm barrel diameter

–

Housing Flush standard housing

Flush short housing

Non-flush standard housing

Non-flush short housing

Flush standard housing double range

Non-flush standard housing double range

Flush short housing double range

Non-flush short housing double range

Flush standard housing metal face

Non-flush standard housing metal face

Flush short housing (steel)

Non-flush short housing (steel)

Flush short housing double range (steel)

Non-flush short housing double range (steel)

Output 10 – 30 V dc 4-wire

10 – 30 V dc PNP NO

10 – 30 V dc PNP NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO

10 – 30 V dc NPN NC

10 – 30 V dc PNP NO/NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO/NC

10 – 30 V dc 2-wire NO/NC

NAMUR

Connections

Popular inductives Part Number

Description

IS-12-A1-S2

Ø12 standard – flush 2 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-12-A3-S2

Ø12 standard – flush 2 mm – NPN NO – M12 connector

IS-12-C1-03

Ø12 standard – non flush 4 mm – PNP NO – 2 m cable

IS-12-C3-S2

Ø12 standard – non flush 4 mm – NPN NO – M12 connector

IS-12-G5-S2

Ø12 short – double range flush 4 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-12-H5-S2

Ø12 short – double range non flush 8 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Inductive sensors

Technical data

IS-18 series

10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Supply voltage

• Suitable for a wide range of industrial applications • Stainless steel versions suitable for food applications

Output

PNP or NPN

Output current

200 mA max

Switching frequency

1000 Hz

Temperature range

- 25…+70 °C Yellow LED

LED indication

IP67

IP rating

• 1X and 2X operating distances: high detection reliability & precise reading

Nickel plated brass

Housing material

2 m cable or M12 connector

Connection

• Flexible 2, 3 or 4 wire connections

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number key Type

2 m embedded cable

M12 4-pole connector

18 mm barrel diameter

–

Housing Flush standard housing

Flush short housing

Non-flush standard housing

Non-flush short housing

Flush standard housing double range

Non-flush standard housing double range

Flush short housing double range

Non-flush short housing double range

Flush standard housing metal face

Non-flush standard housing metal face

Flush short housing (steel)

Non-flush short housing (steel)

Flush short housing double range (steel)

Non-flush short housing double range (steel)

Output 10 – 30 V dc 4-wire

10 – 30 V dc PNP NO

10 – 30 V dc PNP NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO

10 – 30 V dc NPN NC

10 – 30 V dc PNP NO/NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO/NC

10 – 30 V dc -wire NO/NC

20 – 250 V ac/V dc 2 & 3-wire NO

NAMUR

Connections

Popular inductives Part Number

Description

IS-18-A1-S2

Ø18 standard – flush 5 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-18-A15-03

Ø18 standard – flush 5 mm – 2 wire + GN VAC NO – 2 m cable

IS-18-C1-S2

Ø18 standard – non flush 8 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-18-G5-S2

Ø18 short – double range flush 8 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-18-H5-S2

Ø18 short – double range non flush 14 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-18-A20-03 For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Ø18 short – flush 5mm – NAMUR – 2 m cable SENSORS

Sensors Inductive sensors

Technical data

IS-30 series

10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Supply voltage

• Suitable for a wide range of industrial applications • Stainless steel versions suitable for food applications

Output

PNP or NPN

Output current

200 mA max

Switching frequency

1000 Hz

Temperature range

- 25…+70 °C Yellow LED

LED indication

IP67

IP rating

• 1X and 2X operating distances: high detection reliability & precise reading

Nickel plated brass

Housing material

2 m cable or M12 connector

Connection

• Flexible 2, 3 or 4 wire connections

Approvals For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number key Type

2 m embedded cable

M12 4-pole connector

30 mm barrel diameter

–

Housing Flush standard housing

Flush short housing

Non-flush standard housing

Non-flush short housing

Flush standard housing double range

Non-flush standard housing double range

Flush short housing double range

Non-flush short housing double range

Flush standard housing metal face

Non-flush standard housing metal face

Flush short housing (steel)

Non-flush short housing (steel)

Flush short housing double range (steel)

Non-flush short housing double range (steel)

Output 10 – 30 V dc 4-wire

10 – 30 V dc PNP NO

10 – 30 V dc PNP NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO

10 – 30 V dc NPN NC

10 – 30 V dc PNP NO/NC

10 – 30 V dc NPN NO/NC

10 – 30 V dc -wire NO/NC

20 – 250 V ac/V dc 2 & 3-wire NO

NAMUR

Connections

Popular inductives Part Number

Description

IS-30-A1-S2

Ø30 standard – flush 10 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-30-A15-03

Ø30 standard – flush 10mm – 2 wire + GN VAC NO – 2 m cable

IS-30-C1-S2

Ø30 standard – non flush 15 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-30-G5-S2

Ø30 short – double range flush 15 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-30-H5-S2

Ø30 short – double range non flush 20 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-30-A20-S2

Ø30 short – flush 10 mm – NAMUR – M12 connector

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Accessories – fixing brackets ST series

• Fixing brackets for universal sensors • Fixed supports for tubular M18 sensors • Supports with optic axis regulation • Good shock and vibration resistance

Part Number

Sensor models

JOINT-18

Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15

JOINT-62

Compact sensors, S62

ST-504

Compact sensors, S62

ST-5010

Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15

ST-5011

Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15

ST-5012

Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15

ST-5039

Miniature sensors, S3Z

ST-5053

Compact sensors, S62

ST-5054

Compact sensors, S62

ST-5072

Compact sensors, S8

ST-5099

Maxi sensors, S300 Maxi sensors, S300

ST-5100 SWING-18

Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15

* More fixing brackets available on request

Dimensions ST-504

ST-5011

ST-5039

ST-5099

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Ultrasonic sensors P43 series

• 4 – 20 mA/0 – 10 V analogue output • PNP/NPN output versions • Distances up to 6000 mm • M18, M30 barrel or square housing • M12 connector or 2 m embedded cable

Order number

New order number

Housing/output/connection

Sensing range in mm

P43-F4V-2D-001-180E

P43-200-M18-PBT-2P-CM12

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

200 – 2000

P43-F4V-2D-001-220E

P43-160-M18-PBT-2P-CM12

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P43-F4V-2D-001-300E

P43-80-M18-PBT-2P-CM12

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

100 – 800

P43-F4V-2D-001-330E

P43-50-M18-PBT-2P-CM12

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

60 – 500

P43-F4V-2D-001-360E

P43-40-M18-PBT-2P-CM12

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

30 – 400

P43-F4V-2D-002-180E

P43-200-M18-PBT-2N-CM12

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

200 – 2000

P43-F4V-2D-002-220E

P43-160-M18-PBT-2N-CM12

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P43-F4V-2D-002-300E

P43-80-M18-PBT-2N-CM12

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

100 – 800

P43-F4V-2D-002-330E

P43-50-M18-PBT-2N-CM12

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

60 – 500

P43-F4V-2D-002-360E

P43-40-M18-PBT-2N-CM12

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

30 – 400

P43-F4V-2D-1C0-180E

P43-200-M18-PBT-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

200 – 2000

P43-F4V-2D-1C0-220E

P43-160-M18-PBT-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P43-F4V-2D-1C0-300E

P43-80-M18-PBT-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

100 – 800

P43-F4V-2D-1C0-330E

P43-50-M18-PBT-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

60 – 500

P43-F4V-2D-1C0-360E

P43-40-M18-PBT-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

30 – 400

P43-F4V-2D-1D0-180E

P43-200-M18-PBT-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

200 – 2000

P43-F4V-2D-1D0-220E

P43-160-M18-PBT-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P43-F4V-2D-1D0-300E

P43-80-M18-PBT-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

100 – 800

P43-F4V-2D-1D0-330E

P43-50-M18-PBT-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

60 – 500

P43-F4V-2D-1D0-360E

P43-40-M18-PBT-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

30 – 400

P43-F4Y-2D-001-180E

P43-200-M18-PBT-2P-2m

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m

200 – 2000

P43-F4Y-2D-001-220E

P43-160-M18-PBT-2P-2m

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m

80 – 1600

P43-F4Y-2D-001-300E

P43-80-M18-PBT-2P-2m

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m

100 – 800

P43-F4Y-2D-001-330E

P43-50-M18-PBT-2P-2m

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m

60 – 500

P43-F4Y-2D-001-360E

P43-40-M18-PBT-2P-2m

M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m

30 – 400

P43-F4Y-2D-002-180E

P43-200-M18-PBT-2N-2m

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m

200 – 2000

P43-F4Y-2D-002-220E

P43-160-M18-PBT-2N-2m

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m

80 – 1600

P43-F4Y-2D-002-300E

P43-80-M18-PBT-2N-2m

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m

100 – 800

P43-F4Y-2D-002-330E

P43-50-M18-PBT-2N-2m

M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m

60 – 500

Other versions available – call 0116 284 9900

Dimensions

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Ultrasonic sensors P44 series

• Distances up to 3500 mm • M30 size • All output types

Order number

New order number

Housing/output/connection

Sensing range in mm

P44-T4V-AD-1CD1-130E

P44-350-M30-UI2P-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

350 – 3500

P44-T4V-AD-1CD1-180E

P44-200-M30-UI2P-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

250 – 2000

P44-T4V-AD-1CD1-220E

P44-160-M30-UI2P-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-130E

P44-350-M30-UI2N-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

350 – 3500

P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-180E

P44-200-M30-UI2N-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

250 – 2000

P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-220E

P44-160-M30-UI2N-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-300E

P44-35-M30-UI2N-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12

60 – 350

P44-T4V-2D-001-130E

P44-350-M30-2P-CM12

M30/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

350 – 3500

P44-T4V-2D-001-180E

P44-200-M30-2P-CM12

M30/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12

250 – 2000

Ultrasonic sensors P47 series

• Distances up to 2500 mm • M18 or M30 sizes • M12 connector or 2 m embedded cable

Order number

New order number

Housing/output/connection

Sensing range in mm

P47-F4V-2D-1C0-180E

P47-150-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

200 – 1500

P47-F4V-2D-1C0-300E

P47-60-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

100 – 600

P47-F4V-2D-1C0-330E

P47-30-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

60 – 300

P47-F4V-2D-1D0-180E

P47-150-M18-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

200 – 1500

P47-F4V-2D-1D0-300E

P47-60-M18-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

100 – 600

P47-F4V-2D-1D0-330E

P47-30-M18-I-CM12

M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

60 – 300

P47-F4X-2D-001-180E

P47-150-M18-PNO-m3CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Pigtail M12

200 – 1500 100 – 600

P47-F4X-2D-001-300E

P47-60-M18-PNO-m3CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Pigtail M12

P47-F4X-2D-001-330E

P47-30-M18-PNO-m3CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Pigtail M12

60 – 300

P47-F4X-2D-002-180E

P47-150-M18-NNO-m3CM12

M18/1 x NPN NO/Pigtail M12

200 – 1500

P47-F4X-2D-002-330E

P47-30-M18-NNO-m3CM12

M18/1 x NPN NO/Pigtail M12

60 – 300

P47-F4Y-2D-001-180E

P47-150-M18-PNO-2m

M18/1 x PNP NO/Cable 2 m

200 – 1500

P47-F4Y-2D-001-300E

P47-60-M18-PNO-2m

M18/1 x PNP NO/Cable 2 m

100 – 600

P47-F4Y-2D-001-330E

P47-30-M18-PNO-2m

M18/1 x PNP NO/Cable 2 m

60 – 300

P47-F4Y-2D-002-180E

P47-150-M18-NNO-2m

M18/1 x NPN NO/Cable 2 m

200 – 1500

P47-F4Y-2D-002-300E

P47-60-M18-NNO-2m

M18/1 x NPN NO/Cable 2 m

100 – 600

P47-F4Y-2D-002-330E

P47-30-M18-NNO-2m

M18/1 x NPN NO/Cable 2 m

60 – 300

P47-F4Y-2D-1C0-180E

P47-150-M18-U-2m

M18/0 – 10 V/Cable 2 m

200 – 1500

P47-F4Y-2D-1C0-300E

P47-60-M18-U-2m

P47-F4Y-2D-1C0-330E

P47-30-M18-U-2m

P47-O4V-2D-1C0-80E

M18/0 – 10 V/Cable 2 m

100 – 600

M18/0 – 10 V/Cable 2 m

60 – 300

P47-500-Q50-U-CM12

(80 x 80 x 50)/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

500 – 5000

P47-O4V-2D-1D0-80E

P47-500-Q50-I-CM12

(80 x 80 x 50)/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

500 – 5000

P47-T4V-2D-001-130E

P47-250-M30-PNO-CM12

M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

300 – 2500

P47-T4V-2D-1C0-130E

P47-250-M30-U-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

300 – 2500

P47-T4V-2D-1D0-130E

P47-250-M30-I-CM12

M30/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

300 – 2500

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

Sensors Ultrasonic sensors P48 series

• Distances up to 1100 mm • Small square housing • PNP or NPN output • NO/NC models

Order number

New order number

Housing/output/connection

Sensing range in mm

P48-HSY-2D-001-300E

P48-30-R30-PNO-2m-B

(30 x 20 x 10)/PNP NO/cable 2 m

0 – 300

P48-HSY-2D-002-300E

P48-30-R30-NNO-2m-B

(30 x 20 x 10)/NPN NO/cable 2 m

0 – 300

P48-HSY-2D-003-300E

P48-30-R30-PNC-2m-B

(30 x 20 x 10)/PNP NC/cable 2 m

0 – 300

P48-HSY-2D-004-300E

P48-30-R30-NNC-2m-B

(30 x 20 x 10)/NPN NC/cable 2 m

0 – 300

P48-ISY-2D-001-180E

P48-110-R50-PNO-2m-B

(50 x 20 x 10)/PNP NO/cable 2 m

0 – 1100

P48-ISY-2D-002-180E

P48-110-R50-NNO-2m-B

(50 x 20 x 10)/NPN NO/cable 2 m

0 – 1100

P48-ISY-2D-003-180E

P48-110-R50-PNC-2m-B

(50 x 20 x 10)/PNP NC/cable 2 m

0 – 1100

P48-ISY-2D-004-180E

P48-110-R50-NNC-2m-B

(50 x 20 x 10)/NPN NC/cable 2 m

0 – 1100

Ultrasonic sensors P49 series

• Distances up to 6000 mm • M18 or M30 sizes • Square housing available

Order number

New order number

Housing/output/connection

Sensing range in mm

P49-F4V-2D-001-180E

P49-200-M18-PNO-CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

200 – 2000

P49-F4V-2D-001-220E

P49-160-M18-PNO-CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P49-F4V-2D-001-300E

P49-80-M18-PNO-CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

100 – 800

P49-F4V-2D-001-330E

P49-50-M18-PNO-CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

60 – 500

P49-F4V-2D-001-360E

P49-40-M18-PNO-CM12

M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

30 – 400

P49-F4V-2D-1C0-180E

P49-200-M18-U-CM12

M18/0-10 V/Connector M12

200 – 2000

P49-F4V-2D-1C0-220E

P49-160-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

80 – 1600

P49-F4V-2D-1C0-300E

P49-80-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

100 – 800

P49-F4V-2D-1C0-330E

P49-50-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

60 – 500

P49-F4V-2D-1C0-360E

P49-40-M18-U-CM12

M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

30 – 400

P49-O4V-2D-001-80E

P49-600-Q50-PNO-CM12

(80 x 80 x 50)/PNP NO/Connector M12

600 – 6000

P49-O4V-2D-1C0-80E

P49-600-Q50-U-CM12

(80 x 80 x 50)/0 – 10V/Connector M12

600 – 6000

P49-T4V-2D-001-130E

P49-350-M30-PNO-CM12

M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

300 – 3500

P49-T4V-2D-1C0-130E

P49-350-M30-U-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

300 – 3500

SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Sensors Ultrasonic sensors P53 series

• Steel head sensor • All output types • Robust metal housing for harsh environments • IP68/IP69K protection

Order number

Housing/output/connection

Sensing range in mm

P53-150-D30-PNO-CM12

M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-D30-PNC-CM12

M30/1 x PNP NC/Connector M12

150 – 1500

M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-D30-U-CM12

M30/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-M30-PNO-CM12

M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-M30-PNC-CM12

M30/1 x PNP NC/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-M30-U-CM12

M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-M30-I-CM12

M30/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12

150 – 1500

P53-150-D30-I-CM12

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SENSORS

High power sensors High power sensors Reflex OEM series

• Long range (20 m using IED12, SPT3A, OEM201N) • Transmitters and Receivers sealed to IP67 • Small Photoelectrics (Ø10 x 30 mm long) • For doors, elevators and many other applications • Cylindrical, threaded or rectangular style sensors

Technical data – amplifiers

OEM201N/OEM201NA*

OEM202N/OEM202NA*

Power consumption

Output

Time function

OEM203N/OEM203NA*

OEM207N

240 V ac, 24 V ac, 24 V dc ± 10% (other voltages on request)

Power supply 2.8 VA

2.8 VA

Relay SPDT 250 V ac 8 A Resistive

Relay SPDT 250 V ac 8 A Resistive NPN 50 mA 30 V dc

2 Relays SPDT 250 V ac 8A Resistive

Delay on make, 0…10 S Delay on break, 0…10 S

<33 ms

<65 ms

Indication

LED

2 LED

Sensitivity

Potentiometer

Potentiometer x 2

Response time

-20 °C…+60 °C

Operating temp

ABS

Housing Infrared modulated LED

Light source

Multiplexed OEM 201N

11-Pin socket (S3B see accessories)

Connection *OEM201NA, OEM202NA, OEM203NA are automatic sensitivity setting

Dimensions and front panel description (amplifiers) OEM 201N/OEM201NA OEM 202N/OEM202NA Receiver activated indication

Sensitivity setting

OEM 203N/0EM203NA

OEM 207N

Receiver activated indication

Channel 1 activated indication

Sensitivity setting

Sensitivity setting Channel 1 Light On/Dark On C1 Light On/Dark On C2

Delay on make 0.10S Delay on break 0.10S

Sensitivity setting Channel 2 38

38 Output indication

Wiring diagrams

HIGH POWER SENSORS

OEM 201N/0EM201NA

OEM 202N/0EM202NA OEM 203N/0EM203NA

38 Channel 2 activated indication

OEM 207N

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

High power sensors Sensor heads IED12/SPT#

IED12G/SPT#G

IED12GC/SPT#GC

IRS8/IRS9

Transmitters

Technical data Part number

IED10/SPT10#

IED15/SPT15#

Receivers

Transmitter/Receivers

IED12/IED12G IED12GC

SPTI/SPTIG SPTIGC

SPT3/SPT3G SPT3GC

SPT3A/SPT3AG SPT3AGC

IRS 8

2.5 m

7m 0.85 m 0.25 m

20 m 2m 0.65 m

0.85 m 0.25 m

Range: Throughbeam Diffuse white A4 paper Diffuse black A4 paper Retro-Reflective using K2 reflector

IED20/SPT20#

IRS 9

2m 0.65 m

Infrared LED modulated

Light source

-20 °C…+60 °C

Operating temp

Noryl

Housing

IP67

Protection Black PVC cable 5 m long 2 x 0.22 mm2

Connection

Black PVC cable 5 m long 1 x 0.22 mm2 + shield

Black PVC cable 5 m long 2 x 0.22 mm2 + shield

*IED Transmitters are used for all SPT Receivers Transmitters

Technical data

Receivers

IED10*/IED15* IED20*

Part number

SPTI0A/SPT15A SPT20A

SPT10B/SPT15B SPT20B

SPT10C/SPT15C SPT20C

20 m -

10 m -

5m -

Range: Throughbeam Retro-Reflective (using K2 reflector)

Modulated Infra-red LED

Light source

-20 °C…+60 °C

Operating temp

Case: Noryl

Housing

Lens: Lexan IP67

Protection Black PVC cable 5 m long 2 x 0.25 mm2 *IED Transmitters are used for all SPT Receivers

Black PVC cable 5 m long 1 x 0.25 mm2 + Shield

Connection

Dimensions (sensors) IED12 SPT1 SPT3 SPT3A

TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER

CONNECTOR TYPE VIEWED FROM REAR OF SENSOR

IRS8/IRS9 Ø40

IED10/SPT10 2xØ3.5 4

12 65

M12 x 1

CSK Ø6

3 4

22 IED20/SPT20

PIN 1 SIG PIN 2 N/C PIN 3 OV PIN 4 N/C

IED12GC SPT1GC SPT3GC SPT3AGC M12 x 1

2 32

Pin configuration for connector versions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

2 15

62.5

IED12 SPT1G SPT3G SPT3AG

IED15/SPT15

14 10.5

9.5

4 6 35

CSKØ6 BOTH SIDES

BRACKET FOR TM/RC15 & IED/SPT15 18 14.5

14.5

13.5

42.5

2 x Ø8 CSK TO 4.5

2xØ3

2 x Ø4.5

HIGH POWER SENSORS

High power sensors High power sensors RC/TM series • Stand alone sensors with integrated amplifiers • 6 m or 2 m range selectable • Light on/dark on selectable • Transmitter and receivers sealed to IP67 • M12 threaded or rectangular housings

M12 Threaded x 67 long

Housing

TM12 (Transmitter)

Part number

Rectangular 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm

RC12 (Receiver)***

TM10 (Transmitter)

Rectangular 65 x 15 x 15 mm

RC10 (Receiver)***

Range

6 m or 2 m selectable *

Light source

Infra-red LED modulated

TM15 (Transmitter)

RC15 (Receiver)***

-20 ºC…+55 ºC

Operating temp

5 mS max

Response time Indication Housing

Red LED

Stainless steel

Noryl

Red LED

250 mA

30 mA

33 mA

30 mA

33 mA

30 mA

IP67

Protection

Output (Open collector ***)

10 to 40 V dc or 0.8 - 28 V (rectified ac)

Supply voltage

33 mA

Current consumption (max)

1 sec (max)

Short circuit protection

5 m PVC cable

Connection

Light on/dark on selectable**

Function

* Range can be reduced to 2m by reversing the polarity of the transmitter ** Function is changed by reversing polarity of receiver *** Specify PNP or NPN output.

TM12/RC12

TM10/RC10

TM15/RC15

Wiring diagrams TM10/TM12/TM15 Brown Blue

Dimensions

Range 6m 2m + – –

TM10/RC10 2xØ3.5 4

3 50 67

Brown Blue Black

TM12/RC12

M12

RC10/RC12/RC15

62.5

TM15/RC15

14 10.5

9.5

Function Light on Dark on + – – + Output

2 15

CSK Ø6

HIGH POWER SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

High power sensors Accessories TA1

MP 5006

TA2

TP30

Ø5

Ø8

Ø10

Ø18

TA10

Ø12

Ø14

Ø30

S3B

Type no.

Description

Output

Type no.

Description

OEM201N

Amplifier one channel

SPDT relay

SPT10

Receiver 5 m cable, 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm body

OEM201NA

Amplifier one channel, automatic sensitivity setting

SPDT relay

IED15

Transmitter 5 m cable, 65 x 15 x 15 mm body

SPT15

Receiver 5 m cable, 65 x 15 x 15 mm body

OEM202N

Amplifier one channel

SPDT relay & NPN

IED20

Transmitter 5 m cable, 35 x 20 x 12mm body

OEM202NA

Amplifier one channel, automatic sensitivity setting

SPDT relay & NPN

SPT20

Receiver 5 m cable, 35 x 20 x 12mm body

OEM203N

Amplifier one channel with timer

SPDT relay & NPN

TM12

Transmitter M12

RC12-PNP

Receiver M12

PNP

OEM203NA

Amplifier one channel with timer, automatic sensitivity setting

SPDT relay & NPN

RC12-NPN

Receiver M12

NPN

OEM207N

Amplifier two channels multiplexed

2 x SPST relays

TM10

Transmitter 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm

IED12

Transmitter 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body

RC10-PNP

Receiver 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm

PNP

SPT1

Receiver 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body

RC10-NPN

Receiver 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm

NPN

SPT3

Receiver 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body

TM15

Transmitter 65 x 15 x 15 mm

SPT3A

Receiver 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body

RC15-PNP

Receiver 65 x 15 x 15 mm

PNP

IED12G

Transmitter 5 m cable, M12 threaded body

RC15-NPN

Receiver 65 x 15 x 15 mm

NPN

SPT1G

Receiver 5 m cable, M12 threaded body

SPT3G

Receiver 5 m cable, M12 threaded body

SPT3AG

Receiver 5 m cable, M12 threaded body

Accessories

IED12GC

M12 threaded body, connector type

TA1

PG11 fixing chromated brass

SPT1GC

M12 threaded body, connector type

TA2

Screw mounting bezel ABS

SPT3GC

M12 threaded body, connector type

TA10

Mounting block 25 mm x 25 mm x 25 mm ABS

SPT3AGC

M12 threaded body, connector type

TP30

Flexible mounting bracket

IRS8

Receiver/Transmitter 5 m cable

MP5006

Snap-in mounting bezel ABS

IRS9

Receiver/Transmitter 5 m cable

S3B

11-pin screw terminal socket

IED10

Transmitter 5 m cable, 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm body

Reflector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Output

HIGH POWER SENSORS

Encoders

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

General information

Incremental encoders

Absolute encoders â&#x20AC;&#x201C; single turn

Absolute encoders â&#x20AC;&#x201C; multi-turn

Draw wire encoders

115

Mini measuring system

116

Magnetic measuring system

117

Absolute magnetic measuring system

119

Inclinometer 121 Accessories 123

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders General information Encoders can be used in applications where length, positions, speed or an angular position are measured. Encoders transform mechanical movements into electrical signals and can be divided into incremental and absolute measuring systems. Incremental encoders generate pulses where the number of pulses can be a measure of speed, length or position. If the power is lost in an incremental encoder system the machine will need to be reset to a home position before restarting the count of the pulses.

ENCODERS

In absolute encoders every position corresponds to a unique code pattern. The system does not need to be returned to a home position after starting-up the machinery as with incremental systems. Safety is increased and the time taken for resetting the machinery is saved. Kuebler offer a wide range of various techniques for measuring linear movement. Draw wire encoders are available with incremental, absolute and analogue output and with a measuring range up to 40m.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Incremental encoders Miniature series 2400/2420

Technical data

Push-pull (7272 compatible)

Power supply

5…24 V dc

8…30 V dc Max. 160 kHz

Pulse frequency

• Housing diameter Ø24 mm

Load capacity of shaft

• Cable connection 2 m

Protection

• Miniature version

Working temp range

Radial: 100 N; axial: 50 N Housing side IP65; flange side IP50 (IP64 on request) -20°C…+85 °C

• Temperature compensation

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

C Output circuit/power supply

E Pulse rate

1 = Ø 24 mm

1 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/5…24 V dc

4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 36, 40, 50, 60,

3 = Ø 28 mm

2 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/5…24 V dc

80, 100, 120, 125, 180, 200, 250, 300,

2 = Ø 30 mm

3 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/8…30 V dc

360, 400, 500, 512, 1000, 1024

B Shaft (Ø x L)

4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/8…30 V dc

(e.g. 360 pulses => 0360)

1 = Ø 4 x 10 mm

D Type of connection

3 = Ø 5 x 10 mm, with flat

1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC

2 = Ø 6 x 10 mm

A = axial cable, special length PVC

4 = Ø 1/4“ x 10 mm, with flat

2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

6 = Ø 6 x 10 mm, with flat

B = radial cable, special length PVC *) Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 05.2400.122A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

1 A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

C Output circuit/power supply

E Pulse rate

1 = Ø 24 mm

1 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/5…24 V dc

4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 36, 40, 50, 60,

B Blind hollow shaft

2 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/5…24 V dc

80, 100, 120, 125, 180, 200, 250, 300,

insertion depth max. 14 mm

3 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/8…30 V dc

360, 400, 500, 512, 1000, 1024

1 = Ø 4 mm

4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/8…30 V dc

(e.g. 360 pulses => 0360)

2 = Ø 6 mm

D Type of connection

4 = Ø 1/4“

1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC A = axial cable, special length PVC 2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC B = radial cable, special length PVC *) Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 05.2420.122A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Incremental encoders 3610/3620

Technical data

RS422

Output circuit

5 V dc (±5 %) or 8-30 V dc

5-18 V dc

8-30 V dc

Power supply

Max. 300 kHz

Max. 200 kHz

Protection

• M12 connector

Push-Pull

Radial 40 N; axial: 20 N

Pulse frequency

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Push-Pull

Housing: IP65 flange side: IP50 (IP64 on request) -20…+85 °C

Working temp range

• 25 – 2500 pulses per revolution

Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Pulse rate

2 = synchro flange, Ø 36.5 mm

1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC

3 = clamping flange, Ø 36.5 mm

A = axial cable, special length PVC

25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500, 2000, 2048, 2500

B Shaft (Ø x L)

2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

1 = Ø 4 x 10 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

2 = Ø 5 x 10 mm

3 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm with flat

4 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

5 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm with flat

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 3610.334A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

C Output circuit/power supply 2 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/5...18 V dc 4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/..30 V dc 3 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/..30 V dc 6 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc 5 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/8..30 V dc

Part number – Hollow shaft

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Pulse rate

1 = with spring element, short

E = radial cable, 2 m PVC

2 = with spring element, long

B = radial cable, special length PVC

25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500, 2000, 2048, 2500 (eg. 500 pulses => 0500)

2 = Ø 6 mm

4 = radial M12 connector, 8 pin

3 = Ø 1/4”

Available special lengths (connection type B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

C Output circuit/power supply 2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal) 5…18 V dc 4 = Push-pull (with inverted signal) 8…30 V dc 3 = Push-pull (without inverted signal) 8…30 V dc 6 = RS422 (with inverted signal) 5 V dc 5 = RS422 (with inverted signal) 8…30 V dc

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

Sendix base KIS/KIH series

Push-Pull

Open collector

Power supply

5 V dc (±5 %)

10 – 30 V dc

Pulse frequency

Max 250 kHz

-20…+70 °C

Working temp range

• House diameter Ø40 mm

RS422

• Enhanced Safety-Lock™ design • Max 2500 pulses per revolution • Temperature range -20…+70 °C

Part number – Shaft version

1 A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

C Output circuit/power supply

Pulse rate

1 = clamping-synchro flange, Ø 40 mm

4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30V dc

B Shaft (Ø x L)

3 = open collector (with inverted signal)/10...30V dc

25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 2000, 2048, 2500

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm, with flat

6 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5V dc

5 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm, with flat

D Type of connection 1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC 2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

C Output circuit/power supply

Pulse rate

2 = with spring element, long

4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc

5 = with stator coupling, Ø 46 mm

3 = open collector (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc

25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 2000, 2048, 2500

B Blind hollow shaft

6 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

4 = Ø 8 mm

D Type of connection

3 = Ø 1/4“

1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC 2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

Sendix 5814FS3/5834FS3

Sin/cos

Interface

5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Power supply

Shaft version 4.0 x 10-6 kgm2 Hollow shaft version 7.0 x 10-6 kgm2

Mass moment of inertia

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Radial 80 N; Axial 40 N

Load capacity of shaft

• SIL 3

Protection

• Enhanced Safety-Lock™ design

Working temp range

IP65 -40...+90 °C Cable version: -30...+90 °C fixed installation.

• Incremental sin/cos output

Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Pulse rate

1 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 58 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

1024, 2048

B Shaft (Ø x L)

A = axial cable, special length PVC

2 = 10 x 20 mm, with flat

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

A = 10 x 20 mm, with feather key

B = radial cable, special length PVC

C Output circuit/power supply

3 = axial M23 connector, 12 pin

1 = SinCos/5 V dc

4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin

2 = SinCos/10...30 V dc

5 = axial M12 connector, 8 pin 6 = radial M12 connector, 8 pin Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5814FS3.122A.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number – Hollow shaft

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Pulse rate

9 = with torque stop, flexible, IP65

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

1024, 2048

A = with torque stop set, rigid, IP65

B = radial cable, special length PVC

B = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

B Hollow shaft

F = tangential cable, special length PVC

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin

4 = Ø 12 mm

6 = radial M12 connector, 8 pin

5 = Ø 14 mm

Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5834FS3.B42B.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

K = Ø 10 mm , tapered shaft C Output circuit/power supply 1 = SinCos/5 V dc 2 = SinCos/10...30 V dc

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

A02H: Ø 100 mm hollow shaft

• Extra strong

X A

X B

X C

Push-Pull (7272 compatible)

Power supply

5 V dc (±5 %) 5-30 V dc, 10-30 V dc

10-30 V dc

5-30 V dc

Max 300 kHz

X D

IP65 -40…+80 °C

Working temp range

• Adds only 49 mm axial

Push-Pull

Protection

• From 50…5000 pulses/revolution

RS422 (TTL compatible)

Pulse frequency

• Balanced shaft/clamp ring

Part number

Output circuit

A Flange

C Output circuit/power supply

E Pulse rate

1 = without mounting aid

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

2 = with spring element, short

4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

3 = with spring element, long

2 = Push-pull (without inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

50, 360, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500, 2000, 2048, 2500, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 360 pulses => 036 SinCos version only available with pulses ≧1024

5 = with fastening arm, long

5 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/5…30 V dc

6 = with fastening arm, short, 4.5“

3 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

B Hollow shaft

8 = SinCos, 1 Vpp (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

C = Ø 20 mm

9 = SinCos, 1 Vpp (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

5 = Ø 25 mm

A = Push-pull (7272 compatible)/5…30 V dc

3 = Ø 28 mm

D = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5…30 V dc

A = Ø 30 mm

D Type of connection

2 = Ø 38 mm

1 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

B = Ø 40 mm

A = radial cable, special length PVC

1 = Ø 42 mm

2 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin, without mating connector

4 = Ø 1’’

E = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

E = Ø 5/8“

D = MIL connector, 10-pin

N = Ø 1 1/4“

Available special lengths (connection type A): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m. Order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: A02H.111A.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

Sendix 5000/5020

RS422 TTL-compatible

RS422TTLcompatible

Push-Pull NPN/PNP

Push-Pull 7272 Push-Pull 7272. Open Collector compatible without capcitor

5-30 V dc

5 V dc (±5 %)

10-30 V dc

5-30 V dc

Typ. 40 mA Max 90 mA

Typ. 50 mA Max 100 mA

100 mA

Pulse frequency

Max 300 kHz

Signal level high

Min. 2.5 V

Min. +V -1.0 V

Min. +V -2.0 V Min. +V -2.0 V

Max 0.5 V

Max 200 ns

Max 1 µs

Power supply Power consumption

Signal level low Pulse rise/fall Time

IP65 version: 12000 v/min (6000 v/min cont); IP67 version: 6000 v/min (3000 v/min cont)

Max speed

Shaft version: Ca. 1.8x10 -6 kgm2; Hollow shaft: Ca. 6x10 -6 kgm2

Mass moment of inertia

Radial: 100 N; Axial: 50 N

Shaft load capacity

• House diameter Ø 50.8 mm

Starting torque

• Cast housing

Protection

• Max axle load 100 N

Working temp range

• M12/M23, cable connection

Material

Shaft stainless steel

Vibration

100 m/s2. 10-2 000 Hz (enl. EN 60068-2)-

Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

X D

IP65: <0.01 Nm ; IP67: <0.05 Nm Without shaft seal IP65 with shaft seal IP66 IP67

-40…+85 °C

A Flange

D Type of connection – cable

E Pulse rate

5 = synchro flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 50.8 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

6 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 50.8 mm

A = axial cable, special length PVC

7 = clamping flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

8 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

A = synchro flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 58 mm

Type of connection – connector

B = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

P = axial M12 connector, 5-pin

C = square flange, IP66/IP67 63.5 mm

R = radial M12 connector, 5-pin

D = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

3 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

G = Euroflansch, IP66/IP67 Ø 115 mm

4 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1 = servo flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 50.8 mm

7 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

2 = servo flange, IP65 Ø 50.8 mm

8 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

3 = square flange, IP66/IP67 50.8 mm

Y = radial MIL connector, 10-pin

4 = square flange, IP65 50.8 mm

W = radial MIL connector, 7-pin

E = servo flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 63.5 mm

9 = radial MIL connector, 6-pin

F = servo flange, IP65 Ø 63.5 mm

Type of connection – connector with cable

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

L = radial cable with M12 connector, 8-pin, special length PVC

1 = Ø 6 x 10 mm

M = radial cable with M23 connector, 12-pin, special length PVC

2 = Ø 1/4 x 5/8“

N = radial cable with Sub-D connector, 9-pin, special length PVC

6 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

Available special lengths (connection types A, B, L, M, N: 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5000.814A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

3 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 4 = Ø 3/8 x 5/8“ B = Ø 11 x 33 mm, with feather key shaft slot 5 = Ø 12 x 20 mm 7 = Ø 1/4 x 7/8“ 8 = Ø 3/8 x 7/8“ C Output circuit/power supply 4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc 2 = Push-Pull (7272 compatible with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc 5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc 7 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/10...30 V dc 3 = Open collector (with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc 8 = Push-Pull (7272 with inverted signal) without capacitor/5...30 V dc 80

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

X D

A Flange

D Type of connection – cable

E Pulse rate

1 = with spring element, long, IP66/IP67

1 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = with spring element, long, IP65

A = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = with fastening arm, long, IP66/IP67

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

4 = with fastening arm, long, IP65

F = tangential cable, special length PVC

8 = with stator coupling, IP65

Type of connection – connector

C = with stator coupling, IP66/IP67 ø 63 mm [2.48“]

R = radial M12 connector, 5-pin 4)

D = with stator coupling, IP65

2 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 14, 20, 25, 28, 30, 32, 36, 50, 60, 64, 80, 100, 120, 125, 150, 180, 200, 240, 250, 256, 300, 342, 360, 375, 400, 500, 512, 600,625, 720, 800, 900, 1000, 1024, 1200, 1250, 1500, 1800, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3000, 3600, 4000, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 100 pulses => 0100) Optional on request other pulse rates Ex 2/22 (not for type of connection E, F, H, L, M, N) surface protection salt spray tested

5 = with stator coupling, IP66/IP67 ø 57.2 mm [2.25“] 1)

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = with stator coupling, IP65

6 = radial MIL connector, 7-pin

B Hollow shaft

7 = radial MIL connector, 10-pin

2 = Ø 1/4“

Type of connection – connector with cable

9 = Ø 8 mm

H = t angential cable, 0.3 m PVC, incl. M12 connector, 8-pin for central fastening L = tangential cable with M12 connector, 8-pin, special length PVC M = tangential cable with M23 connector, 12-pin, special length PVC N = tangential cable with Sub-D connector, 9-pin, special length PVC Available special lengths (connection types A, F, L, M, N): 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20 m] order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5020.234A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

4 = Ø 3/8“3 = Ø 10 mm 5 = Ø 12 mm [0.47“] 6 = Ø 1/2“ A = Ø 14 mm [0.55“] 8 = Ø 15 mm [0.59“] 7 = Ø 5/8“ C Output circuit/power supply 4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V DC 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5...30 V DC 2 = Push-Pull (7272 compatible with inverted signal)/5...30 V DC 5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V DC 7 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/10...30 V DC 3 = Open collector (with inverted signal)/5...30 V DC 8=P ush-Pull (7272 with inverted signal), without capacitor/ 5...30 V DC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

Sendix 5006/5026

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Output circuit

RS422

Push-Pull

Power supply

5 V dc (±5 %)

10-30 V dc

5-30 V dc

Pulse frequency

Max 300 kHz

Radial 80 N; axial: 40 N

Load capacity of shaft

• Stainless steel housing

Protection

• Shaft seal in FPM from DuPont©

Working temp range

IP66/IP67 -40…+85 °C

• Temperature range -40…+85°C

Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

4 D

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Pulse rate

7 = clamping flange Ø 58 mm A = synchro flange Ø 58 mm

4 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400, 500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 100 pulses => 010

C = square flange 63.5 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = Ø 6 x 10 mm 3 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 8 = Ø 3/8“ x 7/8“ C Output circuit/power supply 2 = Push-Pull (7272 compatible with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc 5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc 4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

Part number – Hollow shaft

X A

X B

X C

4 D

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Pulse rate

1 = with spring element, long C = with stator coupling, Ø 63 mm

2 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400, 500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000

B Hollow shaft 3 = Ø 10 mm 5 = Ø 12 mm 8 = Ø 15 mm C Output circuit/power supply 2=P ush-Pull (7272 compatible, with inverted signal 5…30 V dc 5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc 4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

Sendix H120

• High durability

X A

Push-Pull (power version)

Power supply

5 V dc (±5 %) 10-30 V dc

10-30 V dc

Max 300 kHz

X B

Radial 475 N; axial: 375 N IP66/IP67

Protection

• Wide temperature range

Push-Pull

Load capacity of shaft

• High protection class

RS422 (TTL compatible)

Pulse frequency

• Many mounting options

Part number

Output circuit

-40…+100 °C

Working temp range

X C

X D

A Flange

C Output circuit/power supply

E Pulse rate

1 = without mounting aid

4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

2 = with fastening arm 70 mm

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

50, 360, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500, 2000, 2048, 2500, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 360 pulses => 036

3 = with fastening arm 100 mm

5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

4 = with fastening arm 150 mm 5 = with stator coupling, Ø 119 mm

6=P ush-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc, power version up to 350 m

B Through hollow shaft

B = LWL + RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

2 = Ø 16 mm

A = LWL + RS422 (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

3 = Ø 20 mm

C = LWL + Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

5 = Ø 25 mm

D Type of connection

7 = Ø 28 mm

1 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

6 = Ø 1“

A = radial cable, special length PVC

Blind hollow shaft, with central fastening

2 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin, ccw

A = Ø 12 mm

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin, ccw

B = Ø 16 mm

D = radial M23 connector, 12-pin, cw

K = cone, Ø 17 mm, 1 : 10

K = terminal box with plug-in spring terminal connectors, rotatable through 180° L = optical fibre connector + radial M23 connector,12-pin, cw Available special lengths (connection type A): order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m ex.: H120.121A.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Incremental encoders

Technical data

Sendix H100

RS422

Push-Pull

Power suppply

5 V dc (±5 %)

10-30 V dc

Pulse frequency

Max 300 kHz

Max 80 kHz

Output circuit

• Housing for harsh environments

Radial 400 N; axial: 300 N

Load capacity of shaft

• Wide temperature range

IP66

Protection

• HD - Safety lock

-40…+100 °C

Working temp range

• High IP class • Cover with speed monitor

Part number

1 A

1 B

1 C

X D

A Flange

D Output circuit/power supply

E Pulse rate

1 = Euro RE0444

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 ... 30 V dc

B Shaft (Ø x L), with feather key shaft slot

2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10 ... 30 V dc

1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400, 500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 100 pulse => 010

1 = Ø 11 x 30 mm C Version 1 = incremental encoder

Part number

1 A

1 B

2 C

X D

1 G

A Flange

D Output circuit/power supply

F Switching speed

1 = Euro RE0444

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 ... 30 V dc

750, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000

B Shaft (Ø x L), with feather key shaft slot

2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10 ... 30 V dc

G Switching accuracy

1 = Ø 11 x 30 mm

E Pulse rate

1 = standard (±4 % at 100 rad/s

C Version

1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,

2 = Incremental encoder with mech speed switch

500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 100 pulse => 010

Part number

1 A

1 B

3 C

X D

A Flange

D Output circuit/power supply

F Pulse rate encoder 2

1 = Euro RE0444

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 ... 30 V dc

1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,

B Shaft (Ø x L), with feather key shaft slot

2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10 ... 30 V dc

500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,

1 = Ø 11 x 30 mm

E Pulse rate encoder 1

2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000

C Version

1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,

(e.g. 100 pulse => 010

3 = 2 x incremental encoder

500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000 (e.g. 100 pulse => 010

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 3651/3671 (shaft/hollow shaft)

4-20 mA

0-10 V/0-5 V

0…5 V 10…30 V dc

0…10 V 15…30 V dc

Interface Power supply

12 bit

Resolution

• House diameter Ø36 mm

± 1°

Linearity 25°C

• Analog output

Repeat accuracy 25° C

± 0.2°

• High shock resistance

Load capacity of shaft

Radial 40 N; axial: 20 N

• IP67/IP69K protection

Protection

Protection acc. to EN 60529/DIN 40050-9 IP67/IP69k -40°C…+85 °C

Working temperature range

Part number

2 A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

X H

A Flange

D Type of connection

F Interface/Power supply

2 = synchro flange, Ø 36 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PUR

3 = 4…20 mA/10…30 V dc

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

A = axial cable, special length PUR *)

4 = 0…10 V/15…30 V dc

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR

5 = 0…5 V/10…30 V dc

6 = Ø 8 x 12.5 mm

B = radial cable, special length PUR *)

G Option 1

5 = Ø 1/4“ x 12.5 mm

3 = axial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = count direction cw

C Output circuit

4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = count direction ccw

3 = current output

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 8.3651.233A.1311.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

H Option 2

4 = voltage output

1 = IP67 2 = IP69k

E Measuring range 1 = 1 x 360° 2 = 1 x 180° 3 = 1 x 90° 4 = 1 x 45°

Part number

2 A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

X H

A Flange

D Type of connection

F Interface/Power supply

2 = with spring element long

1 = axial cable, 1 m PUR

3 = 4…20 mA/10…30 V dc

5 = with stator coupling, Ø 46 mm

A = axial cable, special length PUR *)

4 = 0…10 V/15…30 V dc

B Hollow shaft

2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR

5 = 0…5 V/10…30 V dc

2 = Ø 6 mm

B = radial cable, special length PUR *)

G Option 1

4 = Ø 8 mm

3 = axial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = count direction cw

6 = Ø 10 mm

4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = count direction ccw

3 = Ø 1/4“

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 8.3651.233A.1311.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

H Option 2

C Output circuit 3 = current output 4 = voltage output

1 = IP67 2 = IP69k

E Measuring range 1 = 1 x 360° 2 = 1 x 180° 3 = 1 x 90° 4 = 1 x 45°

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix M3658/3678 (shaft/hollow shaft)

8-30 V dc

Power supply

CANopen DS406 V3.2

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Resolution

14 bit

Absolute accurracy

<1,0°

• CANopen

Repeat accuracy

• Safety-Lock Plus™

Shaft load capacity

• IP67/IP69K protection

Protection

<0,2° Radial: 40 N; Axiel: 20 N IP67/IP69K -40…+85 °C

Working temp range

Part number

2 A

X B

C C

X D

X F

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Fieldbus profile

2 = synchro flange, Ø 36 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR

21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V3.2

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

B = radial cable, special length PUR )

F Protection

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = IP67

6 = Ø 8 x 12.5 mm

Available special lengths (connection types B):

2 = IP69k

5 = Ø 1/4“ x 12.5 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

C Interface/power supply

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

C = CANopen DS301 V4.02/8…30 V dc

ex.: M36523CB.2111.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

X A

X B

C C

X D

X F

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Fieldbus profile

2 = with spring element, long

2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR

21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V3.2

5 = with stator coupling, Ø 46 mm

B = radial cable, special length PUR )

F Protection

B Hollow shaft

4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = IP67

2 = Ø 6 mm

Available special lengths (connection type B):

2 = IP69k

4 = Ø 8 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

6 = Ø 10 mm

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

3 = Ø 1/4“

ex.: M36752CB.2111.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

C Interface/power supply C = CANopen DS301 V4.02/8…30 V dc

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix F3653/3673 (shaft/hollow shaft)

5 V dc (±5 %) or 10 ... 30 V dc

Power supply

17 bit

Resolution

Radial: 40 N; axial: 20 N

Shaft load capacity

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Protection

• SSI interface

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67) -40…+90 °C

Working temp range

• 17 bit resolution • Operating temperature -40…+90 °C

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, Wbinary

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

2 = 12 bit

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc

3 = 13 bit

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc

4 = 14 bit

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit

4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR 3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR F = tangential cable, special length PUR 8 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin Available special lengths (connection type F): 2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F3653.432F.G312.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = with spring element, short, IP65

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

B Hollow shaft

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution

1 = Ø 6 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit

3 = Ø 8 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

2 = 12 bit

4 = Ø 10 mm, blind hollow shaft

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc

3 = 13 bit

2 = Ø 1/4”

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc

4 = 14 bit

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR 3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR F = tangential cable, special length PUR ) 8 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin Available special lengths (connection type F): 2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F3673.242F.G312.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix F3658/3678 (shaft/hollow shaft)

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Resolution

• CANopen

Shaft load capacity

• 16 bit resolution

Protection

• Operating temperature -40…+85 °C

Part number

X A

10...30 V dc

Power supply

X B

2 C

X D

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full-CAN, CAN specification 2.0 B 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable default: 8192 (13 bit) Radial 40 N; axial 20 N Housing side acc. to EN 60529; shaft side IP67 IP65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67) -40…+85 °C

Working temp range

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

F = tangential cable, special length PUR

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

Available special lengths (connection type F): 2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F365432F.2112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm 4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, short, IP65

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

D Type of connection

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

B Blind hollow shaft

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

5 = Ø 6 mm

F = tangential cable, special length PUR )

7 = Ø 8 mm

Available special lengths (connection type F): 2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F365432F.2112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

4 = Ø 10 mm 6 = Ø 1/4“

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5853 (shaft/hollow shaft)

SSI/BiSS

Interface

5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Power supply Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Biss 10…14 bit; 17, 19 & 21 bit; SSI 10…14 bit & 17 bit Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• SSI interface

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

Protection

• High shock resitance

-40…+90 °C

Working temp range

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

1 = 11 bit

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc

2 = 12 bit

1 = 6 x 10 mm

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc

3 = 13 bit

2 = 10 x 20 mm

9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, sensor output 4 = 14 bit

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

C = 21 bit

A = axial cable, special length PVC )

G Inputs/outputs

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = SET, DIR input

B = radial cable, special length PVC )

additional status output

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

H Options (service)

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

1 = no option

5 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

2 = status LED

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

3 = SET button and status LED

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5853.112A.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5873 (shaft/hollow shaft)

SSI/BiSS

Interface

5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Power supply

Biss 10…14 bit; 17, 19 & 21 bit; SSI 10…14 bit & 17 bit

Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• SSI interface

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

Protection

• High shock resitance

-40…+90 °C

Working temp range

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

1 = 11 bit

E = with stator coupling, IP65

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc

2 = 12 bit

mounting without screws

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc

3 = 13 bit

F = with stator coupling, IP67

9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, with sensor output 4 = 14 bit

mounting without screws

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit

G = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 72 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

C = 21 bit

B Hollow shaft

B = radial cable, special length PVC )

G Inputs/outputs

3 = Ø 10 mm

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

2 = SET, DIR input

K = Ø 10 mm, with tapered shaft

F = tangential cable, special length PVC )

additional status output

4 = Ø 12 mm

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

H Options (service)

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1 = no option

6 = Ø 15 mm

Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5873.542B.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

2 = status LED

8 = Ø 3/8“ 9 = Ø 1/2“

ENCODERS

3 = SET button and status LED

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix SIL 5853FS3/5873FS3 (shaft/hollow shaft)

SSI/BiSS

Interface

5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Power supply Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Biss 10…14 bit; 17, 19 & 21 bit; SSI 10…14 bit & 17 bit Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• SSI interface with incremental SIN/COS input

Protection

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67) -40…+90 °C

Working temp range

• SIL 3 • Enhanced Safety-Lock™ design

Part number

1 A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

D Type of connection

F Resolution

1 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 58 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

A = 10 bit

B Shaft (Ø x L)

A = axial cable, special length PVC

1 = 11 bit

2 = 10 x 20 mm, with flat

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 12 bit

A = 10 x 20 mm, with feather key

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = 13 bit

C Interface/power supply

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 14 bit

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

7 = 17 bit

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):

G Input/output

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

2 = SET, DIR input

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

H Options (service)

ex.: 5853FS3.124A.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

1 = no option

E Code

2 = status LED

B = SSI, binary

3 = SET button and status LED

C = BiSS, binary G = SSI, gray

Part number

1 A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

D Type of connection

F Resolution

9 = with torque stop, flexible, IP65

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

A = 10 bit

A = with torque stop set, rigid, IP65

B = radial cable, special length PVC

1 = 11 bit

B = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 12 bit

B Hollow shaft

F = tangential cable, special length PVC

3 = 13 bit

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin

4 = 14 bit

4 = Ø 12 mm

Available special lengths (connection types B, F):

7 = 17 bit

5 = Ø 14 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

G Input/output

K = Ø 10 mm, tapered shaft

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

2 = SET, DIR input

C Interface/power supply

ex.: 5873FS3.B44B.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

H Options (service)

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

E Code

1 = no option

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

B = SSI, binary

2 = status LED

C = BiSS, binary

3 = SET button and status LED

G = SSI, gray

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) CANopen

CANopen

Interface

10…30 V dc

Power supply Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

1 ... 65536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit) Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• CANopen

Protection

• Safety-Lock™

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67) -40…+80 °C

Working temp range

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

X F

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

1 = radial cable gland

F Options (service)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

2 = 2 x M12 connector

2 = no options

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

Fixed connection without bus terminal cover

3 = SET button

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = 6 x 10 mm

F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = 10 x 20 mm

I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Available special lengths (connection type B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 585112B.2113.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

C Interface/power supply 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

X F

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

removable bus terminal cover

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

1 = radial cable gland

F Options (service)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

2 = 2 x M12 connector

2 = no options

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

Fixed connection without bus terminal cover

3 = SET button

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC )

B Blind hollow shaft

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

3 = Ø 10 mm

F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

4 = Ø 12 mm

I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

5 = Ø 14 mm

J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = Ø 15 mm

Available special lengths (connection type B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 587542B.2113.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

8 = Ø 3/8“ 9 = Ø 1/2“ C Interface/power supply 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) EtherCAT

EtherCAT

Interface

10…30 V dc

Power supply Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

1 ... 65535 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit) Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• EtherCAT

Protection

• Safety-Lock™

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67) -40…+80 °C

Working temp range

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

B C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc

B2= EtherCAT with CoE

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

(CAN over EtherNet)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

B C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc

B2= EtherCAT with CoE

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

D Type of connection

(CAN over EtherNet)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = Ø 12 mm 5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm 8 = Ø 3/8” 9 = Ø 1/2”

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) Profibus DP

Profibus DP V0

Interface

10…30 V dc

Power supply Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

1 ... 65536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit) Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• Profibus

Protection

• Safety-Lock™

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67) -40…+80 °C

Working temp range

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

3 C

X D

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

F Options (Service)

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

3 = PROFIBUS DP V0

2 = no option

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc

3 = SET botton

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

1 = with radial cable gland fitting

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

E Fieldbus profile

1 = 6 x 10 mm 1)

31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

2 = 10 x 20 mm 2)

encoder profile class 2

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

3 C

X D

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

F Options (Service)

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

3 = PROFIBUS DP V0

2 = no option

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc

3 = SET button

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

D Type of connection

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

removable bus terminal cover

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

1 = with radial cable gland fitting

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors

B Blind hollow shaft

E Fieldbus profile

3 = Ø 10 mm

31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

4 = Ø 12 mm

encoder profile class 2

5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm 8 = Ø 3/8“ 9 = Ø 1/2“

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) ProfiNet

ProfiNet

Interface

10…30 V dc

Power supply Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

1 ... 65535 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit) Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• ProfiNet

Protection

• Safety-Lock™

Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67) -40…+80 °C

Working temp range

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

C C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

C = ProfiNet/10…30 V dc

C2= ProfiNet 10

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

C C

2 D

a Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

C = ProfiNet/10…30 V dc

C2= ProfiNet 10

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

D Type of connection

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B Blind hollow shaft 3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = Ø 12 mm 5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm 8 = Ø 3/8“ 9 = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoders – single turn

Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) EtherNet/IP

Interface

EtherNet/IP

Power supply

10…30 V dc

Resolution

• House diameter Ø58 mm

1 ... 65.536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 65.536 (16 bit) Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• EtherNet/IP

IP65

Protection

• Safety-Lock™

-40…+80 °C

Working temp range

• Fast start

Part number

X A

X B

A C

N D

A Flange

C Interface/Power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc

A2 = EtherNet/IP

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

A C

N D

A Flange

C Interface/Power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element long, IP65

A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc

A2 = EtherNet/IP

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

D Type of connection

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Blind hollow shaft B = Ø 12 mm C = Ø 14 mm D = Ø 15 mm E = Ø 3/8“ F = Ø 1/2“

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F3663/F3683

Current consumption

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Part number

5 V dc (±5 %) or 10 ... 30 V dc

Power supply

Resolution

• SSI/BiSS interface

Shaft load capacity

• Safety-Lock ™

Protection

• Up to 17 + 24 bit resolution

Working temperature range

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

5 V dc max. 60 mA; 10…30 V dc max. 30 mA Singleturn 10…17 bit; No. of revs (multiturn) max. 24 bit Radial 40 N; axial 20 N Housing side IP67; shaft side IP65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67) -40…+90 °C

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution (Singleturn)

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit ST

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

2 = 12 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc

3 = 13 bit ST

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc

4 = 14 bit ST

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit ST

4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

G Resolution (Multiturn)

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

2 = 12 bit MT

5 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

6 = 16 bit MT

with M12 connector for central fastening, 8-pin

4 = 24 bit MT

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = with spring element, short, IP65

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

B Hollow shaft

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution (Singleturn)

1 = Ø 6 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

2 = 12 bit ST

4 = Ø 10 mm, blind hollow shaft

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc

3 = 13 bit ST

2 = Ø 1/4”

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc

4 = 14 bit ST

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit ST

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

G Resolution (Multiturn)

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

2 = 12 bit MT

5 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

6 = 16 bit MT

with M12 connector for central fastening, 8-pin

4 = 24 bit MT

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F3668/F3688 CANopen

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Part number

• CANopen

Shaft load capacity

• Safety-Lock ™

Protection

• Up to 16 + 16 bit resolution

Working temperature range

10...30 V dc

Power supply

X A

X B

2 C

X D

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898; Basic & Full-CAN CAN specification 2.0 B Radial 40 N; axial 20 N Housing side IP67; Shaft side P65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67) -40…+85 °C

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

U = tangential cable, 10 m PUR

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm 4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, short, IP65

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

D Type of connection

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

B Blind hollow shaft

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

5 = Ø 6 mm

U = tangential cable, 10 m PUR

7 = Ø 8 mm 4 = Ø 10 mm 6 = Ø 1/4“

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix M3668/M3688 CANopen

10…30 V dc

Power supply

CANopen

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Resolution (single turn)

1...65536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit)

• CANopen

Absolute accuracy

• New multi-turn technology

Repeat accuracy

±0.2o

• IP67

No of revolutions

Max 16.777.216 (24 bit); scalable only via the total resolution

Total resolution

1...274.877.906.944 (38 bit); scalable default: 33.554.432 (25 bit)

±1o

Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

Shaft load capacity

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

Protection

IP65 or IP67

Working temperature range

-40…+85 °C

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.2/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V4.0

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

A = axial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

3 = axial M12 connector

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

4 = radial M12 connector

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: M366432A.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

2 E

1 F

2 G

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.2/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V4.0

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

D Type of connection

5 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 46 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

6 = with spring element, long, IP67

A = axial cable, special length PVC

B Blind hollow shaft

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

1 = Ø 6 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = Ø 8 mm

3 = axial M12 connector

4 = Ø 10 mm

4 = radial M12 connector

2 = Ø 1/4”

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: M3688.242A.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix M3661/M3681

Power supply

0…5 V, 0…10 V; 10…30 V dc 15…30 V dc Analog

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Measuring range

• Analog output

Singleturn accuracy at 25°C

• New multi-turn technology

Repeat accuracy at 25°C

±0.2°

• IP67

DA converter resolution

0…10 V 12 bit; 0…5 V 11 bit

Shaft load capacity

Part number

Factory setting 2 revolutions; scalable up to 216 revolutions 4

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

±1°

Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

Protection

IP65 or IP67

Working temperature range

-40…+85 °C

A Flange

C Output circuit

E Interface/resolution/power supply

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

3 = current output

3 = 4…20 mA/12 bit/10…30 V dc

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

4 = voltage output

4 = 0…10 V/12 bit/15…30 V dc

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

D Type of connection

5 = 0…5 V/11 bit/10…30 V dc

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

F Measuring range

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

A = axial cable, special length PVC

1 = 16 revolutions/cw

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 16 revolutions/ccw

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, with limit switch function

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

3 = axial M12 connector

4 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, without limit switch function

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

4 = radial M12 connector Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: M3661.433A.3112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

A Flange

C Output circuit

E Interface/resolution/power supply

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

3 = current output

3 = 4…20 mA/12 bit/10…30 V dc

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

4 = voltage output

4 = 0…10 V/12 bit/15…30 V dc

5 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 46 mm

D Type of connection

5 = 0…5 V/11 bit/10…30 V dc

6 = with spring element, long, IP67

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

F Measuring range

B Blind hollow shaft

A = axial cable, special length PVC

1 = 16 revolutions/cw

1 = Ø 6 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 16 revolutions/ccw

3 = Ø 8 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, with limit switch function

4 = Ø 10 mm

3 = axial M12 connector

4 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, without limit switch function

2 = Ø 1/4”

4 = radial M12 connector Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm Ex.: M3681.243A.3112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

100

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix M3663/M3683

10…30 V dc

Power supply

SSI

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

RS485 transceiver type

Output driver

• SSI interface

Resolution (single turn)

• New multi-turn technology

Absolute accuracy

• IP67

Repeat accuracy

10…14 bit ±1o ±0.2o Max 24 bit

No of revolutions

Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

Shaft load capacity

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

X E

X F

X G

Protection

IP65 or IP67

Working temperature range

-40…+85 °C

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

2 = SSI 10…30 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

D Type of connection

G = SSI, gray

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PUR

F Resolution (singleturn)

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm

A = axial cable, special length PUR

A = 10 bit ST

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR

2 = 12 bit ST

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

B = radial cable, special length PUR

3 = 13 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

3 = axial M12 connector

4 = 14 bit ST

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

4 = radial M12 connector

G Resolution (multiturn)

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: M3663.432A.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

2 = 12 bit MT 6 = 16 bit MT A = 20 bit MT 4 = 24 bit MT

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm

2 = SSI 10…30 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = with spring element, long, IP65

D Type of connection

G = SSI, gray

5 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 46 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

F Resolution (singleturn)

6 = with spring element, long, IP67

A = axial cable, special length PVC

A = 10 bit ST

B Blind hollow shaft

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 12 bit ST

1 = Ø 6 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = 13 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 mm

3 = axial M12 connector

4 = 14 bit ST

4 = Ø 10 mm

4 = radial M12 connector

G Resolution (multiturn)

2 = Ø 1/4”

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: M368242A.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

2 = 12 bit MT 6 = 16 bit MT A = 20 bit MT 4 = 24 bit MT

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 101

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix M3661R

Power supply

0…5 V, 0…10 V, 10…30 V dc, 15…30 V dc Analog

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Measuring range

Factory setting 2 revolutions; scalable up to 216 revolutions 4

• Analog output

Singleturn accuracy at 25°C

• IP66/IP67/IP69K

Repeat accuracy at 25°C

±0.2°

• Stainless steel model

DA converter resolution

0…10 V 12 bit; 0…5 V 11 bit

Shaft load capacity

±1°

Radial 80 N; axial 40 N IP65, IP67, IP69K

Protection

-40…+85 °C

Working temperature range

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

A Version

C Output circuit

E Interface/resolution/power supply

1 = standard clamping flange Ø 42 mm

3 = current output

3 = 4…20 mA/12 bit/10…30 V dc

7 = stainless steel V4A clamping flange Ø 42 mm

4 = voltage output

4 = 0…10 V/12 bit/15…30 V dc

all metal parts accessible from outside are out of

D Type of connection

5 = 0…5 V/11 bit/10…30 V dc

stainless steel V4A

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

F Measuring range

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

B = radial cable, special length PVC

1 = 16 revolutions/cw

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

4 = radial M12 connector

2 = 16 revolutions/ccw

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

Available special lengths (connection types B):

3 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, with limit switch function

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

4 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, without limit switch function

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

E = Ø 10 x 20 mm, stainless steel V4A

ex.: M3661R.133B.3112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

102

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix M3668R

10…30 V dc

Power supply

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full-CAN, CAN specification 2.0 B

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

1…16384 (14 bit), scalable default: 8192 (13 bit)

Resolution singleturn

• CANopen

±1°

Absoulte accuracy

• IP66/IP67/IP69K

±0.2°

Repeat accuracy

• Stainless steel model

Max 16.777.216 (24 bit) scalable only via the total resolution

Revolutions (multiturn)

1…274.877.906.944 (38 bit), scalable default: 33.554.432 (25 bit)

Total resolution

Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

Shaft load capacity

IP65, IP67, IP69K

Protection

-40…+85 °C

Working temperature range Materials Shaft Flange Housing Cable

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

Version 1 (standard)

Version 7 (stainless steel)

V2A

V4A

aluminium

V4A

zinc die-cast

V4A

PVC

–

A Version

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = standard clamping flange Ø 42 mm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.2/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V4.0

7 = stainless steel V4A clamping flange Ø 42 mm

D Type of connection

all metal parts accessible from outside are out of

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

stainless steel V4A

B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

4 = radial M12 connector

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

Available special lengths (connection type B):

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

ex.: M3668R.132B.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

E = Ø 10 x 20 mm, stainless steel V4A

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 103

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix M3663R

10…30 V dc

Power supply

SSI

Interface

• House diameter Ø36 mm

Output driver

• SSI

Resolution singleturn

• Up to IP69K

Absoulte accuracy

RS485 transceiver type 10…14 bit ±1° ±0.2°

Repeat accuracy

• Stainless steel model

Max 24 bit

Revolutions multiturn

Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

Shaft load capacity

IP65, IP67, IP69K

Protection

-40…+85 °C

Working temperature range Materials Shaft Flange Housing Cable

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

X E

X F

X G

Version 1 (standard)

Version 7 (stainless steel)

V2A

V4A

aluminium

V4A

zinc die-cast

V4A

PUR

–

A Version

C Interface/power supply

F Resolution (singleturn)

1 = standard clamping flange Ø 42 mm

2 = SSI 10…30 V dc

A = 10 bit ST

7 = stainless steel V4A clamping flange Ø 42 mm

D Type of connection

2 = 12 bit ST

all metal parts accessible from outside are out of

2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR

3 = 13 bit ST

stainless steel V4A

B = radial cable, special length PUR

4 = 14 bit ST

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

4 = radial M12 connector

G Resolution (multiturn)

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

Available special lengths (connection type B):

2 = 12 bit MT

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

6 = 16 bit MT

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

A = 20 bit MT

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

ex.: M3663R.132B.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

4 = 24 bit MT

E = Ø 10 x 20 mm, stainless steel V4A

104

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 CANopen

10…30 V dc

Power supply

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full-CAN, CAN specification 2.0 B

Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit)

Resolution singleturn

• CANopen

Max. 65536 (16 bit) scalable only via the total resolution

Revolutions (multiturn)

• 16 + 16 bit resolution

Shaft load capacity

• -40…+85 °C

Radial 80 N; axial 40 N Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65 opt IP67

Protection

-40…+80 °C

Working temperature range Materials Shaft Flange Housing Cable

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

Version 1 (standard)

Version 7 (stainless steel)

V2A

V4A

aluminium

V4A

zinc die-cast

V4A

PVC

–

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

F Fieldbus profile 3)

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

F Options (service)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

2 = no option

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = SET button

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = 6 x 10 mm

F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = 10 x 20 mm

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F5868.122B.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

2 C

X D

1 E

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile 3)

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

D Type of connection

F Options (service)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

L = tangential cable, 2 m PVC

2 = no option

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

M = tangential cable, special length PVC

3 = SET button

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin 2)

B Hollow shaft

Available special lengths (connection type M):

3 = Ø 10 mm

3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

4 = Ø 12 mm

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

B = Ø 12 mm, blind hollow shaft 1)

ex.: F5888.542M.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 105

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 Modbus

10…30 V dc

Power supply Interface

Modbus V1.02

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Protocol

Modbus RTU V1.1b3

• Modbus

Resolution singleturn

• 16 + 16 bit resolution

No. of revolutions (multiturn)

1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 65536 (16 bit) Max. 65536 (16 bit) scalable only via the total resolution Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

Load capacity of shaft

• -40…+80 °C

Protection

Housing side IP67; shaft side IP65, opt. IP67 -40…+80 °C

Working temperature range

Part number

X A

X B

6 C

E D

A Flange

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

D Type of connection

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

1 = 6 x 10 mm

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

E Fieldbus profile

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

61 = Modbus RTU Application Protocol V1.1b3

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“ C Interface/power supply 6 = Modbus RTU, 10…30 V dc

Part number

X A

X B

6 C

E D

A Flange

B Hollow shaft

D Type of connection

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

3 = ø 10 mm

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

4 = ø 12 mm

E Fieldbus profile

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

5 = ø 14 mm

61 = Modbus RTU Application Protocol V1.1b3

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

6 = ø 15 mm

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

C Interface/power supply

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

6 = Modbus RTU, 10…30 V dc

106

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 EtherNet/IP

10…30 V dc

Power supply

EtherNet/IP

Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• EtherNet/IP

Revolutions (multiturn)

• Safety-Lock™

Shaft load capacity

Max. 65.536 (16 bit), scalable only via the total resolution Radial 80 N; axial 40 N IP65

Protection

• Fast start

Part number

1 ... 65.536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 65.536 (16 bit)

-40…+80 °C

Working temperature range

X A

X B

A C

N D

A Flange

C Interface/Power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc

A2 = EtherNet/IP

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

A C

N D

A Flange

C Interface/Power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element long, IP65

A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc

A2 = EtherNet/IP

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

D Type of connection

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Blind hollow shaft A = Ø 10 mm B = Ø 12 mm C = Ø 14 mm D = Ø 15 mm E = Ø 3/8“ F = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 107

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F5863/F5883 SSI

5 V dc (+5%) or 10…30 V dc

Power supply

SSI/BiSS

Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• SSI/BiSS

Revolutions (multiturn)

• Total resolution 41 bit

Shaft load capacity

10…17 bit Max. 24 bit Radial 80 N; axial 40 N Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67

Protection

• 100% sensitive magnetic field

-40…+85 °C

Working temperature range

• Fast start

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

X H

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution (singleturn)

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

B = 9 bit

1 = 6 x 10 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit

2 = 10 x 20 mm

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc

1 = 11 bit

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc

2 = 12 bit

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

D Type of connection

3 = 13 bit

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

4 = 14 bit

A = axial cable, special length PVC

7 = 17 bit

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

G Resolution (multiturn)

B = radial cable, special length PVC

2 = 12 bit MT

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = 16 bit MT

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 24 bit MT

5 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin 3)

H Options (service)

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 3)

1 = no option

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F5863.122A.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

2 = status LED

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

X G

3 = SET button and status LED

X H

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

3 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 65 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 65 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution (singleturn)

5 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

B = 9 bit

6 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 63 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit

B Hollow shaft

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc

1 = 11 bit

3 = Ø 10 mm

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc

2 = 12 bit

4 = Ø 12 mm

D Type of connection

3 = 13 bit

5 = Ø 14 mm

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

4 = 14 bit

6 = Ø 15 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

7 = 17 bit

8 = Ø 3/8“

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

G Resolution (multiturn)

9 = Ø 1/2“

F = tangential cable, special length PVC

2 = 12 bit MT

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = 16 bit MT

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

4 = 24 bit MT

Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: F5883.542B.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

H Options (service) 1 = no option 2 = status LED 3 = SET button and status LED

108

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix 5863/5883 SSI

5 V dc (+5%) or 10…30 V dc

Power supply

SSI/BiSS

Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• SSI/BiSS

Revolutions (multiturn)

• Safety-Lock ™

Shaft load capacity Protection

• High protection class Part number

X A

X B

10…14 bit and 17 bit 4096 (12 bit) Radial 80 N; axial 40 N Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67 -40…+90 °C

Working temperature range

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

6 = servo flange, IP65 Ø 63.5 mm

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc

2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

8 = servo flange, IP67 Ø 63.5 mm

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc

3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, with sensor output

4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

1 = 6 x 10 mm

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

2 = 10 x 20 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

G Inputs/outputs

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

A = axial cable, special length PVC

2 = SET, DIR input

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

additional

B = radial cable, special length PVC

status output

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

H Options (service)

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

1 = no option

5 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin 4)

2 = status LED

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 4)

3 = SET button and status LED

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5863.112A.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Code

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc

B = SSI, binary

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc

C = BiSS, binary

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

G = SSI, gray

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

F Resolution

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output

A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output

1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Hollow shaft

7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc

2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

3 = Ø 10 mm

8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc

3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

4 = Ø 12 mm

9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, with sensor output

4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

5 = Ø 14 mm

D Type of connection

7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

6 = Ø 15 mm – blind hollow shaft

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

G Inputs/outputs

8 = Ø 3/8“

B = radial cable, special length PVC

2 = SET, DIR input

9 = Ø 1/2“

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

additional

F = tangential cable, special length PVC

status output

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

H Options (service)

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1 = no option

Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm ex.: 5883.542B.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

2 = status LED

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

3 = SET button and status LED

ENCODERS 109

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix 5868/5888 CANopen

10…30 V dc

Power supply Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• CANopen/CANopenLift

Revolutions (multiturn)

• High shock resistance

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic & Full-CAN CAN specification 2.0 B 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit) Max. 4096 (12 bit), scalable only via the total resolution Radial 80 N, axial 40 N

Shaft load capacity

• High protection class

Protection

Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67 -40…+80 °C

Working temperature range

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X F

A Flange

D Type of connection

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

212 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

1 = radial cable gland

221 = CANlift DS417 V1.01

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

2 = M12 connector

F Options (service)

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

Fixed connection without bus terminal cover

2 = no options

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

3 = SET button

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = 6 x 10 mm

F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = 10 x 20 mm

I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

K = 1 x Sub-D connector, 9-pin

C Interface/power supply

Available special lengths (connection type B):

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 10…30 V dc

3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

5 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 10…30 V dc

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

with 2048 ppr incremental track (TTL-compatible) 3)

ex.: 586112B.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number

X A

X B

X C

X D

X F

A Flange with torque stop

D Type of connection

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

removable bus terminal cover

212 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

1 = radial cable gland

221 = CANlift DS417 V1.01

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

2 = M12 connector

F Options (service)

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

Fixed connection without bus terminal cover

2 = no options

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

3 = SET button

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Blind hollow shaft

E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

3 = Ø 10 mm

F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

4 = Ø 12 mm

I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

5 = Ø 14 mm

J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = Ø 15 mm

K = 1 x Sub-D connector, 9-pin

8 = Ø 3/8“

Available special lengths (connection type B):

9 = Ø 1/2“

3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

C Interface/power supply

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 10…30 V dc

ex.: 588542B.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

5 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 1…30 V dc with 2048 ppr incremental track (TTL-compatible)

110

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix 5868/5888 EtherCAT

10…30 V dc

Power supply

EtherCAT

Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• EtherCAT

Revolutions (multiturn)

• Safety-Lock ™

Shaft load capacity Protection

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

1…65535 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit) Max. 4096 (12 bit), scalable only via the total resolution Radial 80 N, axial 40 N Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67 -40…+80 °C

Working temperature range

B C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc

B2= EtherCAT with CoE

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

(CAN over EtherNet)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

B C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc

B2= EtherCAT with CoE

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

D Type of connection

(CAN over EtherNet)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B Blind hollow shaft 3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = Ø 12 mm 5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm 8 = Ø 3/8“ 9 = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 111

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix 5868/5888 Profibus

10…30 V dc

Power supply Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• Profibus

Interface specification acc. to PROFIBUS-DP 2.0/standard (DIN 19245 part 3)/RS485 driver galvanically isolated 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit) 1…4096 (12 bit), scalable

Revolutions (multiturn)

• High shock resistance

Total resolution

• High protection class

1…26435.456 (28 bit), scalable default: 33.554.432 (25 bit) Radial 80 N, axial 40 N

Shaft load capacity Protection

Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67 -40…+80 °C

Working temperature range

Part number

X A

X B

3 C

X D

X F

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

3 = PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc

31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection, removable bus terminal cover

encoder profile class 2

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

1 = with radial cable gland fitting

F Options (service)

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors, 5-pin

2 = no option

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

3 = SET button

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

3 C

X D

1 E

X F

A Flange with torque stop

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

3 = PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc

31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

D Type of connection, removable bus terminal cover

encoder profile class 2

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

1 = with radial cable gland fitting

F Options (service)

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors, 5-pin

2 = no option

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

3 = SET button

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B Blind hollow shaft 3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = Ø 12 mm 5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm 8 = ø 3/8“ 9 = ø 1/2“

112

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 Profinet

10…30 V dc

Power supply

Profinet IO

Interface

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Resolution singleturn

• Profinet

Revolutions (multiturn)

• Safety-Lock ™

Shaft load capacity Protection

• High protection class

Part number

X A

X B

1…65535 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit) Max. 4096 (12 bit), scalable only via the total resolution Radial 80 N, axial 40 N Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67 -40…+85 °C

Working temperature range

C C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

C = PROFINET IO/10…30 V dc

C2 = PROFINET IO

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 1 = 6 x 10 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number

X A

X B

C C

2 D

A Flange

C Interface/power supply

E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65

C = PROFINET IO/10…30 V dc

C2 = PROFINET IO

2 = with spring element, long, IP67

D Type of connection

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm

removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm

2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B Blind hollow shaft 3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = Ø 12 mm 5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = Ø 15 mm 8 = Ø 3/8“ 9 = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 113

Encoders Absolute encoder – multi-turn

Technical data

Sendix 5863FS3/5883FS3

5 V DC (±5 %) or 10 ... 30 V DC

Power supply

SSi/BiSS

Interface

10…14 bit & 17 bit

Resolution singleturn

• House diameter Ø58 mm

Revolutions (multiturn)

• SSI/BiSS with incremental

Shaft load capacity

• Sin/Cos output

Protection

4096 (12 bit) Radial 80 N, axial 40 N IP65 -40…+90 °C

Working temperature range

• SIL 3 • Enhanced Safety-Lock ™ design

Part number – Shaft version

1 A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

D Type of connection

F Resolution

1 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 58 mm

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Shaft (Ø x L)

A = axial cable, special length PVC 0

1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

2 = 10 x 20 mm, with flat

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

A = 10 x 20 mm, with feather key

B = radial cable, special length PVC 0

3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

C Interface/power supply

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):

G Input/output

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

2 = SET, DIR input

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

H Options (service)

ex.: 8.5863FS3.124A.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

1 = no option

E Code

2 = status LED

B = SSI, binary

3 = SET button and status LED

C = BiSS, binary G = SSI, gray

Part number – Shaft version

X A

X B

X C

X D

X E

X F

2 G

X H

A Flange

D Type of connection

F Resolution

9 = with torque stop, flexible, IP65

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

A = with torque stop set, rigid, IP65

B = radial cable, special length PVC

1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm

E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Hollow shaft

F = tangential cable, special length PVC

3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin

4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

4 = Ø 12 mm

Available special lengths (connection types B, F):

7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

5 = Ø 14 mm

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

G Input/output

K = Ø 10 mm, tapered shaft

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

2 = SET, DIR input

C Interface/power supply

ex.: 8.5883FS3.B44B.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

H Options (service)

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc

E Code

1 = no option

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc

B = SSI, binary

2 = status LED

C = BiSS, binary

3 = SET button and status LED

G = SSI, gray

114

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Draw wire encoders

Technical data

A50

Measuring range

500 mm

1250 mm

Linearity analog

±0.15 %

±0.1 %

• Max. measuring length 1250 mm

Linearity with encoder

±0.05 %

• -20 to +85 ° C

Protection 0–10 V

4–20 mA

Output

• Titanium anodized aluminum • Compact overall dimensions

Order no. D8.6A1.0125.3642.1250

250 mm

IP65 1 kΩ

Power supply

Max 30 V dc

Working temperature

-20…+85 °C

Mounted encoder

Interface

Power supply

Type of connection

Resolution/Protocol

3610 (8.3610.2342.1250)

Push-Pull with inv. signal

8…30 V dc

radial cable 2 m

1250 ppr

D8.6A1.0125.M132.3312

Sendix M3661

Analog (4…20 mA)

10…30 V dc

radial cable, 1 m

D8.6A1.0125.M142.4312

Sendix M3661

Analog (0…10 V)

10…30 V dc

radial cable, 1 m

D8.6A1.0125.M142.5312

Sendix M3661

Analog (0…5 V)

10…30 V dc

radial cable, 1 m

D8.6A1.0125.M322.G222

Sendix M3663

SSI

10…30 V dc

radial cable, 1 m

4096 ppr/SSI-Gray code

radial cable, 1 m

CANopen encoder profile DS406 V4.0

Sendix M3668

D8.6A1.0125.M822.G222

CANopen

10…30 V dc

Scaleable up to 65536 revolutions with limit switch function

Also available with 250 mm (0025) & 500 mm (0050) measuring range

Draw wire encoders B80

• Max. measuring length 3000 mm •

-20 to +85 ° C

• Supports speeds up to 10 m/s • Aluminum titananodiserat

Order no.

Mounted encoder

D8.4B1.0300.0054.2000 D8.4B1.0300.F324.G123 D8.4B1.0300.6324.G123 D8.4B1.0300.F82E.2123 D8.4B1.0300.6822.2123 D8.4B1.0300.6832.3113 D8.4B1.0300.68B2.B212 D8.4B1.0300.68C2.C212

Sendix 5000 (8.5000.8354.2000) Sendix F5863 (8.F5863.1224.G123) Sendix 5863 (8.5863.1224.G123) Sendix F5868 (8.F5868.122E.2123) Sendix 5868 (8.5868.1222.2123) Sendix 5868 (8.5868.1232.3113) Sendix 5868 (8.5868.12B2.B212) Sendix 5868 (8.5868.12C2.C212)

Interface

Power supply

Type of connection

Resolution/Protocol

Options

PushPull with inv. signal

10...30 V dc

1 x radial M12 connector

2000 ppr

no option

SSI

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M23 connector

SSI-Gray-Code

Set button/Status LED

SSI

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M23 connector

SSI-Gray-Code

Set button/Status LED

CANopen

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M12 connector

CANopen

10…30 V dc

2 x radial M12 connector

CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2 CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2 PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile Class 2

Profibus

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector

EtherCAT

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector

Profinet

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector PROFINET encoder profile V 4.1

EtherCAT with CoE 3.2.10

Set button Set button Set button no option no option

Also available with 1000 mm (0100) & 2000 mm (0200) measuring range

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 115

Encoders Draw wire encoders C120

• Max. measuring length 6000 mm • -20 to +85 ° C • Supports speeds up to 10 m/s • Aluminum titananodiserat

Order no.

Mounted encoder

D8.4C1.0600.0054.2000 D8.4C1.0600.F324.G123 D8.4C1.0600.6324.G123 D8.4C1.0600.F82E.2123 D8.4C1.0600.6822.2123 D8.4C1.0600.6832.3113 D8.4C1.0600.68B2.B212 D8.4C1.0600.68C2.C212

Interface

Power supply

Type of connection

Resolution/Protocol

Options

PushPull with inv. signal

10...30 V dc

1 x radial M12 connector

2000 ppr

no option

SSI

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M23 connector

SSI-Gray-Code

Set button/Status LED

SSI

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M23 connector

SSI-Gray-Code

Set button/Status LED

CANopen

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M12 connector

CANopen

10…30 V dc

2 x radial M12 connector

CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2 CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2 PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile Class 2

Profibus

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector

EtherCAT

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector

Profinet

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector PROFINET encoder profile V 4.1

EtherCAT with CoE 3.2.10

Set button Set button Set button no option no option

Draw wire encoders D135

• Max. measuring length 6000 mm • -20 to +85 ° C • Supports speeds up to 10 m/s • Aluminum titananodiserat Order no.

Mounted encoder

D8.4D1.1000.0054.2000 D8.4D1.1000.F324.G123 D8.4D1.1000.6324.G123 D8.4D1.1000.F82E.2123 D8.4D1.1000.6822.2123 D8.4D1.1000.6832.3113 D8.4D1.1000.68B2.B212 D8.4D1.1000.68C2.C212

Interface

Power supply

Type of connection

Resolution/Protocol

Options

PushPull with inv. signal

10...30 V dc

1 x radial M12 connector

2000 ppr

no option

SSI

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M23 connector

SSI-Gray-Code

Set button/Status LED

SSI

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M23 connector

SSI-Gray-Code

Set button/Status LED

CANopen

10…30 V dc

1 x radial M12 connector

CANopen

10…30 V dc

2 x radial M12 connector

Profibus

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector

CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2 CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2 PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile Class 2

EtherCAT

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector

Profinet

10…30 V dc

3 x radial M12 connector PROFINET encoder profile V 4.1

EtherCAT with CoE 3.2.10

Set button Set button Set button no option no option

Also available with 8000 mm (0800), 10000 mm (1000) 12000 mm (1200) 15000 mm (1500) 20000 mm (2000) 25000 mm (2500) 30000 mm (3000) 35000 mm (3500) 40000 mm (4000) 42500 mm (4250) measuring range

Mini measuring system

Technical data 2000 min

Maximum sspeed

IP64

Protection acc to EN 60529

• Compact overall dimensions

Output circuit

Push-pull with inverted signal

• Complete solution

Power supply

8…30 V dc

• 0.1 mm resolution

20 mA

Load channel max

• IP64 Part number

≤ 20 mA

Current

≥ 100 kHz

Output frequency max

X A

Resolution

Cable outlet

A Measuring wheel

0.1 mm

Radial cable, 2 m PVC

45 = knurled aluminium; 49 = rubber, Shure hardness 60

116

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Magnetic measuring system

Technical data

Lime L120 magnetic band B1

Sensor head Limes L120

• Resolution up to 0.01mm • Contact metrology

Output circuit

Push-Pull

RS422

Power supply

4.8…30 V DC

4.8…26 V DC

Output signal

A, A, B, B , 0, 0

Gap sensor head/ magnetic band

• Status LED

0.1…1.0 mm, recommended 0.4 mm -20…+80°C

Working temperature

• IP67 - insensitive to chips, oil, water, etc.

Protection Cable

Model 1 IP67; model 2 IP68/IP69 2 m PUR 8 x 0.14 mm2 shielded, may be used in trailing cable installations

Magnetic band Limes B1 Dimensions Working temperature

Measuring Bending radius

Part number

X A

1 B

X C

1 D

2 E

X F

Width 10 mm, thickness1.97 mm incl. masking tape -20…+80°C, -20…+65°C (when mounted solely with adhesive tape) 0.1 m (to receive an optimal result of measurement, the magnetic band should be ca. 0.1 m longer than the desired measuring length) ≥ 150 mm (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

A Model

C Output circuit/power supply

E Reference signal

1 = IP67, standard

1 = RS422/4.8…26 V dc

2 = index periodic

2 = IP68/IP69k and humidity tested

2 = Push-Pull/4.8…30 V dc

F Code (resolution)

B Pulse edge interval

D Type of connection

005 = 100 μm

1 = standard

1 = cable, 2 m PUR

020 = 25 μm 050 = 10 μm

Part number

A Width

B Length

10 = 10 mm

0010 = 1m

0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m

0100 = 10 m

0040 = 4 m

0200 = 20 m

0050 = 5 m

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 117

Encoders Magnetic measuring system

Technical data

Lime L150 magnetic band B2

Sensor head Limes L150

• Resolution up to 0.005 mm • Contact metrology

Output circuit

Push-Pull

RS422

Power supply

4.8…30 V DC

4.8…26 V DC

Output signal

A, A, B, B , 0, 0

Gap sensor head/ magnetic band

• Status LED

0.1…2.0 mm, recommended 1.0 mm -20…+80°C

Working temperature

• IP67 - insensitive to chips, oil, water, etc.

Model 1 IP67; model 2 IP68/IP69

Protection Cable

2 m PUR 8 x 0.14 mm2 shielded, may be used in trailing cable installations

Magnetic band Limes B2 Dimensions Working temperature

Measuring Bending radius

Part number

X A

1 B

X C

1 D

2 E

X F

A Model

C Output circuit/power supply

E Reference signal

1 = IP67, standard

1 = RS422/4.8…26 V dc

2 = index periodic

2 = IP68/IP69k and humidity tested

2 = Push-Pull/4.8…30 V dc

F Code (resolution)

B Pulse edge interval

D Type of connection

050 = 25 μm

1 = standard

1 = cable, 2 m PUR

250 = 5 μm

Part number

A Width

B Length

10 = 10 mm

0010 = 1m

0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m

0100 = 10 m

0040 = 4 m

0200 = 20 m

0050 = 5 m

118

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Absolute magnetic measuring system

Technical data

Lime LA10 magnetic band BA1

Power supply Gap sensor head/ magnetic band

• High resolution 1μm

System accuracy at 20°C

• Max measuring length 8 m

Repeat accuracy

• Temp range -10…+70 °C

Resolution

• SSI or CANopen interface

Interface Working temperature

10 ... 30 V DC ±10% 0.01…0.2 mm including masking tape, (recommended 0.2 mm) max. ± (10 + 20 x L) μ m L = measuring length in meters ±1 increment 0.001 mm CAN High-Speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full CAN, CAN specification 2.0 B -10… +70 °C (non condensing) IP64

Protection Type of connection (standard) Max. traverse speed

M12 connector, 12 pin SinCos reading10 m/s permanent absolute positions reading1 m/s

Magnetic band Limes BA1 Dimensions Working temperature

Measuring Bending radius

Part number

1 A

2 B

X C

Width 10 mm, thickness1.97 mm incl. masking tape -20…+70°C, -20…+65°C (when mounted solely with adhesive tape) 0.1 m (to receive an optimal result of measurement, the magnetic band should be ca. 0.1 m longer than the desired measuring length) ≥ 150 mm (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

2 D

A Model

C Output circuit/Power supply

D Type of connection

1 = IP64, standard

1 = SSI, 25 bit Gray-Code/10…30 V dc

2 = standard, M12 connector, 12 pin

B baud rate

2 = SSI, 25 bit Gray-Code, SinCos 1 Vpp/10…30 V dc

2 = standard

3 = CANopen, without bus terminating resistor/10…30 V dc

(CANopen, 250 k)

4 = CANopen, with bus terminating resistor/10…30 V dc 5=C ANopen, SinCos 1 Vpp, without bus terminating resistor/10…30 V dc 6=C ANopen, SinCos 1 Vpp, with bus terminating resistor/10…30 V dc

Part number

A Width

B Length

10 = 10 mm

0005 = 0.5 m

0040 = 4 m

0010 = 1 m

0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m

0080 = 8 m

0030 = 3 m

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 119

Encoders Absolute magnetic measuring system

Technical data

Lime LA50 magnetic band BA5

Power supply Gap sensor head/ magnetic band

• High resolution 0.01 mm

System accuracy at 20°C

• Max measuring length 20 m

Repeat accuracy

• Temp range -10…+70 °C

Resolution

• SSI or CANopen interface

Interface Working temperature

10 ... 30 V DC ±10% 0.01…0.2 mm including masking tape, (recommended 0.2 mm) max. ± (150 + 20 x L) μm L = measuring length in meters ±10 μm 0.001 mm CAN High-Speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full CAN, CAN specification 2.0 B -10… +70 °C (non condensing) IP40

Protection Type of connection (standard)

M12 connector, 12 pin 4 m/s

Max. traverse speed Magnetic band Limes BA5 Dimensions

Width 20 mm, thickness 1.8 mm incl. masking tape -20…+70°C,

Working temperature Additional length

100 mm in order to obtain an optimal measuring result, the magnetic band should be about 0.1 m longer than the required measuring length ≥ 150 mm

Bending radius

Part number

1 A

2 B

X C

1 D

A Model

C Output circuit/Power supply

D Type of connection

1 = IP64, standard

1 = SSI 25 bit/10…30 V dc

1 = cable, 1.5 m PUR

B baud rate

3 = CANopen/10…30 V dc

2 = standard (CANopen, 250 k)

Part number

A Width

B Length

20 = 20 mm

0010 = 1 m

0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m

0100 = 10 m

0040 = 4 m

0200 = 20 m

0050 = 5 m

120

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Inclinometer

Technical data

IS40 1– dimensional

10…30 V dc

Voltage output

0.1…4.9 V dc short-circuit protected to +V

• High resolution and accuracy

Current output

4…20 mA

• Compact design

Measuring range

0…360°

Repeat accuracy

≤ 0.2 % of measuring range ≤ 0.1 % after a warm-up period of 30 min

• M12 connection • Current or voltage output

Part number

Power supply

1 A

4 B

X C

2 D

Resolution

≤ 0.14°

Protection

IP68/IP69k

Connection

M12 connector

Working temperature

-30°C…+70°C

1 E

A Measuring direction

C Interface

E Type of connection

1 = 1-dimensional

1 = 4 ... 20 mA

1 = M12 connector

B Measuring range

3 = 0.1 ... 4.9 V DC

4 = 0 ... 360°

D Power supply 2 = 10 ... 30 V DC

Inclinometer

Technical data

IS40 2 – dimensional

5 V dc ±0.25 V or 10…30 V dc (depending on version)

Power supply Voltage output

• Degree of protection IP67 • Rugged, compact design • M12 connection

at +V 10 ... 30 V dc

0.1…4.9 V short-circuit protected to

at +V 5 V dc

2…98 % ratiometric (in relation to +V) 4…20 mA

Current output

±10°, ±45°, ±60°

Measuring range

• Dimensional measurement

Repeat accuracy Absolute accuracy

≤ 0.2 % of measuring range, ≤ 0.1 % after a warm-up period of 30 min for version ±10° 0.3° for version ±45° and ±60° 0.5°

Protection

IP68/IP69k

Connection

M12 connector -30…+70°C

Working temperature Part number

2 A

X B

X C

X D

1 E

A Measuring direction

C Interface

D Power supply

2 = 2-dimensional x/y

1 = 4…20 mA

1 = 5 V dc

B Measuring range

3 = 0.1…4.9 V dc

2 = 10…30 V dc

1 = ±10°

4 = ratiometric 2 %…98 % (5 V dc supply only)

E Type of connection

2 = ±45°

1 = M12 connector

3 = ±60°

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 121

Encoders Inclinometer

Technical data

IS60 1– dimensional CANopen

10…30 V dc

Power supply Interface

• High resolution and accuracy • Compact design

Data rates

CANopen according to CiA DS-301, Profile to CiA DSP-410 10 kbit/s, 20 kbit/s, 50 kbit/s, 125 kbit/s, 250 kbit/s, 500 kbit/s, 800 kbit/s, 1 Mbit/s 360° no limit stop-

Measuring range

• M12 connection

Accuracy

• Current or voltage output

Resolution

0.1°

Protection

IP68/IP69k

Max ±0.4°

M12 connector, 5 pin

Connection CAN

-40°C…+80°C

Working temperature

Part number

1 A

4 B

5 C

2 D

3 E

A Measuring direction

C Interface

E Type of connection

1 = 1-dimensional

5 = CANopen

1 = M12 connector

B Measuring range

D Power supply

4 = 360°

2 = 10…30 V dc

Inclinometer

Technical data

IS60 2– dimensional CANopen

10…30 V dc

Power supply Interface

• Degree of protection IP67

Measuring range

• Rugged, compact design

Calibration accuracy

CANopen according to CiA DS-301, Profile to CiA DSP-410 ±10°, ±45°, ±60° at 25 °C ±0.1° (Zero point and final values) 0.1°

Resolution

• M12 connection

IP68/IP69k

Protection

• Dimensional measurement

Connection CAN

M12 connector, 5 pin -40°C…+80 °C

Working temperature

Part number

2 A

X B

5 C

2 D

3 E

A Measuring direction

C Interface

E Type of connection

2 = 2-dimensional

5 = CANopen

3 = 2 x M12 connector

B Measuring range

D Power supply

1 = ±10°

2 = 10…30 V dc

2 = ±45° 3 = ±60°

122

ENCODERS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Accessories Cable connectors

Technical data M23 cable connectors to incremental angular sensor Cable Type Cable Number

PVC

PUR

12 x 0.14 mm²

10 x 0.14 mm² + 2 x 0.5 mm²

-5…+70 °C

-30…+70 °C -40…+80 °C

Working temperature

mobile installation fixed installation

-30…+80 °C

Bending radius

mobile installation

Min. 100 mm

Min. 70 mm

fixed installation

Min. 100 mm

Min. 55 mm

Ca. 6.5 mm

Ca. 6.9 mm

Total cable diameter M23 cable connectors to absolute angular sensor Cable Type Cable Number Working temperature

Bending radius

0000.6741…

6901…

18 x 0.14 mm²

6 x 2 x 0.14 mm² + 2 x 0.5 mm²

mobile installation

-5…+70 °C

fixed installation

-30…+80 °C

mobile installation

Min. 100 mm

Min. 110 mm

fixed installation

Min. 100 mm

Min. 75 mm

Ca. 7.8 mm

Ca. 7.3 mm

Total cable diameter

M12 cable connectors 8-pin for incremental encoders Order number 808S00P19M020

Description Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 2 m shielded, PUR cable

808S00P19M050

Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 5 m shielded, PUR cable

808S00P19M100

Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 10 m shielded, PUR cable

808S00P19M200

Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 20 m shielded, PUR cable

808S01P19M020

Cable connector angled 90 °, 8-pin, M12 female with 2 m shielded, PUR cable

808S01P19M100

Cable connector angled 90 °, 8-pin, M12 female with 10 m shielded, PUR cable

CMB 8181-0

M12 connector, straight, 8-pin, female, screw connection

CMBS 8181-0

M12 connector, straight, 8-pin, male, screw connection

M23 cable connectors 12 pin for incremental encoders Order number 0000.6901.0003

Description Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 3 m PVC cable (RS422)

0000.6101.0005

Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 5 m PUR cable

0000.6101.0010

Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 10 m PUR cable

0000.5012.0000

Connector, female, 12-pin, soldered

0000.5015.0001

Connector, male, 12-pin, soldered

M23 cable connectors for absolute coded sensor Order number

Description

0000.6741.0005

Cable connector, female, 17-pin, 5 m PVC cable

0000.6741.0010

Cable connector, female, 17-pin, 10 m PVC cable

0000.5012.0000

Connector, female, 12-pin, soldered

6901.0005.0031

Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 5 m PVC cable

6901.0010.0031

Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 10 m PVC cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 123

Encoders Isolation insert 15 mm hollow shaft

• Simple change • Hollow shaft • Increases the temperature range

Order number

Description Insulation insert for encoders 15-6 mm

0010.4021.0000 0010.4020.0000

Insulation insert for encoders 15-8 mm

0010.4023.0000

Insulation insert for the pulse sensors 15 to 10 mm

0010.4025.0000

Insulation insert for the pulse sensors 15 to 12 mm

Bracket

Rectangular flange

Bracket

Order number

Description

0010.7000.0004

Spring Angle angle sensors with 58 mm clamping flange

0010.7000.0001

Rack 1 000x20x5 mm

0010.7000.0006

Gears 10 mm to rack

0010.2100.0000

Rectangular flange for shaft encoders 58xx / 5000 compression flange

0010.2300.0000

Bracket for shaft encoders with clamping flange

Bearing box

Technical data Max load

Radial 250 N; axial 150 N 4000

Max rev/min

IP65

Protection class

Aluminium

Material

Order number 0010.8200.000

124

ENCODERS

Description 4 bearing box for clamping flange and shaft 10x20 mm

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Encoders Measuring wheel

Contact material A

Knurled aluminium

Nopprad rubber

Knurled plastic

Smooth plastic

Circumference/diameter

Material surface/wheel body

0000.3217.0006

Wheels, 200/6 mm,

knurled aluminum Knurled aluminum / aluminum

Order number

0000.3217.0010

fifth wheel, 200/10 mm,

knurled aluminum knurled aluminum / aluminum

0000.3247.0006

Wheels, 200/6 mm,

smooth plastic Smoothing plastic / plastic

0000.3247.0010

fifth wheel, 200/10 mm,

smooth plastic Smoothing plastic / plastic

0000.3297.0006

Wheels, 200/6 mm

grooved plastic knurled plastic / plastic

0000.3297.0010

fifth wheel, 200/10 mm

grooved plastic knurled plastic / plastic

0000.3517.0010

fifth wheel, 500/10 mm,

knurled aluminum knurled aluminum / aluminum

0000.3547.0010

fifth wheel, 500/10 mm,

smooth plastic Smoothing plastic / plastic

0000.3567.0010

fifth wheel, 500/10 mm,

nopprad rubber Nopprad rubber / plastics

0000.3597.0010

fifth wheel, 500/10 mm

grooved plastic knurled plastic / plastic

Spring arm

Stator coupling

Order number

Description

0010.40L0.0000

Stator Coupling 5020/587X/588 X incl 2 screw

0010.40E0.0000

Montage tin with arm hollow shaft angle encoder type 5020/587X/588 X

Order number

Description

0010.7000.0010

Spring arm

Mounting kit

Order number 0010.4600.0000

Description Mounting kit angle sensor incl. stick/plate/torque peak

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

ENCODERS 125

Micro switches

126

MICRO SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

General information

128

V4 129 Tight V5 IP67

129

Double breaking miniature

130

Double breaking 83106

130

V3 131 Forced breaking V3

131

Tight V4 IP67

132

Microswitch, tight V3 IP67

132

Microswitch 83 123

133

Series 83 731/83 732/83 733

133

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

MICRO SWITCHES 127

Micro switches General information Mechanical forces

Terminology - Forces - Positions - Travel

Electrical circuit

RLP

NC NO OF Operating Force

Forces

Minimum operating force which must be applied to the operating device to displace the rest position RP to the tripping point TP.

TTF Total travel force

RF Release force

Force required to displace the operating device from its rest position RP to its overtravel limit position (we only specify this value if it is higher than the operating force. When not quoted, it is equal to or less than the operating force). MOF Maximum overtravel force The maximum force which can be applied to the operating device, without damaging it, in the end of travel position where it is in abutment internally or against the face of the case.

Force to which the operating force must be reduced to allow the snap-action mechanism to return to its release position RLP.

RP Rest position

TP Tripping point

OL Overtravel limit

RP Release position

Position of the operating device when no external mechanical force is applied. Also described as «height at rest».

Position of the operating device relative to the fixing point (hole, face) at the moment when the microswitch trips.

Position of the operating device when an extreme force has moved it to the effective end of the available travel.

Moment when the snap-action mechanism trips on its return to its original position.

PT Pre-travel

OT Overtravel

DT Differential travel

Distance between the rest position RP and the tripping point TP.

Distance between the tripping point TP and the overtravel limit OL.

Distance between the tripping point TP and the release position RLP.

Travel

Positions

TTF

Position of pushbutton

The reference point for the figures given for travel and forces is a point F situated on the plunger in the case of a plain microswitch, or, generally, 3 mm in from the end of a plain lever. The reference point for the positions is one of the fixing holes, unless otherwise indicated.

Micro-switch construction Single-pole changeover microswitch (e.g. “V3” 83 161) Plunger Case

Electrical function Changeover

Fixing hole

2 1

NC terminal n°2 Return spring

Mobile contact

Normally closed 1

Fixed contact NO terminal n°4

Fixing hole

Normally open 1

Common terminal C n°1 Pivot point Blade

Double-pole changeover microswitch (e.g. 83 132 0)

Blade

Plunger

Electrical function Changeover

Fixed contact

Case

3 1

NO terminal n°3

4 2

NO terminal n°4 Mobile contact

NC terminal n°1

NC terminal n°2

Normally closed 1

Normally open Fixing hole

Fixing hole

Return spring

The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity.

128

MICRO SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Micro switches V4

Technical data

• Load 0.1-10 A 250 V ac

Standard 83 170 0

Multicurrent 83 170 8

Multicurrent low power 83 170 9

• Minimum load 1 mA 4 V dc

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

0.1

• Available with sponge trigger

Max operating power (N)

1.5

0.6

Max standby (mm)

9.2

• Control arm can be fitted in two positions

Operating point (mm) Max hysterisis (mm) Ambient operating temp

Part number

8.4 ±

9.2

8.4 ±

0.3

8.4 ±0.3

0.3

0.15

-20…+125 °C

Description

Connection

83170002

Microswitch standard 10 A

Contact function Changeover

83170008

Microswitch standard 10 A

Changeover

83170902

Microswitch low current 0.1 A

Changeover

83170802

Microswitch low current 0.1 A

Changeover

Operating arm 17 0A

17 0E

170 F

Part number

Tight V5 IP67

Description

Radius (mm)

79253327

Flat arm 170A

18.3

79253326

Flat arm 170A

79253328

Flat arm 170A

79218454

Arm with roller 170E

79253329

Arm with simulated roller 170F

19.5

Technical data

83 200 Standard

83 201 Multicurrent

• Long overtravel 2 mm

Rated current 5 V dc (A)

–

0.001…0.1

• Impact angle up to 45°

Rated current 14 V dc (A)

0.1…2

0.001…0.1

Rated current 250 V dc (A)

0.1…2

–

• Rated current from 1 mA/5 V to 2 A 14 V

–

Max operating power (N)

1.5

Max standby (mm)

11.2

10.5±0.2

Operating point (mm) Max hysterisis (mm) Ambient temperature operation

0.15

-40…+90 °C

For ordering and order numbers, please call 0116 284 9900

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

MICRO SWITCHES 129

Micro switches Double breaking miniature

83 132 0 5

Max operating power (N)

1.6

Max standby (mm)

• Two-pole microswitch

Operating point (mm)

• Option of actuating several switches in the same control movement

83 133 0

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

• Double breaking function

• Connections in three different directions

Part number

Technical data

8.45

7.7±0.2

0.45

-20…+125 °C

Max hysterisis (mm) Ambient operating temp

Description

Connection

Contact function

83132030

2-pole Microswitch connection side

Changeover

83133035

2-pole Microswitch Connection down

Changeover

Operating arm Part number

Double breaking 83106

14.75

70514194

54A

35.75

70514181

54E

7.5

70514182

54E

14.1

83 106 0 Standard 5

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

Max operating power (N)

• Breaking and terminating contacts

Max standby (mm)

• Spring-loaded or bistable

Operating point (mm)

• Operating temperature -40…+85 °C

83106022

Radius (mm)

54A

Technical data

• 2-pole function

Part number

Description

70514175

12.75 11.45±0.2-0.25 0.5±0.2

Max hysterisis (mm)

-40…+85 °C

Ambient operating temp

Description

Connection

Contact function

Microswitch standard 5 A

1 NO+1 NC

Operating arm Type A Part number 70500888

Description

Radius (mm)

Control arm type A

Lever cross-section 1 x 6.4 mm

130

MICRO SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Micro switches V3

Technical data

High power 83 161 1

Standard 83 161 3

Low power 83 161 5

Multicurrent 83 161 8

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

0.1

Max operating power (N)

0.8

0.25

0.8

• Rated data 0.1 A to 20 A/250 V ac

Max standby (mm)

• Operating temperature up to +125 °C

Operating point (mm)

• Compliant with standards EN 61058 and UL 1054

Max hysterisis (mm)

16.1

16.3

16.2

14.7±0.4

14.7±0.3

14.7±0.4

14.7±0.3

0.35

-20…+125 °C

Ambient operating temp

• Four different control arm options

Part number

Description

Connection

83161102

Microswitch high power 16 A 3 N

Contact function Changeover

83161118

Microswitch high power 16 A 3 N

Changeover

83161338

Microswitch standard 16 A 0.8 N

Changeover

83161304

Microswitch standard 16 A 0.8 N

W6A5

Changeover

83161501

Microswitch low power 4 A 0.25 N

Changeover

83161806

Microswitch low current 0.1 A 0.8 N

Changeover

Operating arm 16 1 E

Part number

6.3

Ø4.8

3.4

Description

Radius (mm)

79215740

Flat arm 161A

14.2

70507524

Flat arm 161A

25.4

79215742

Arm with roller 161E

13.6

70507529

Arm with roller 161E

24.1

70507528

Angled arm 161F

22.2

79218651

Arm with simulated roller 161G

21.8

Housing 161J for flat pin W3R5

79250370

161L cannot be ordered loose as an accessory but has to be factory-fitted.

Housing 161 J for connections W3 R5

Thread Total travel

Forced breaking V3

Technical data

• Moment contact with forced breaking function • Self-cleaning contacts • Working temperature up to +125 °C • Compliant with EN 60947.5.1

Part number

83 160 7 A+ breaking contact (NC)

83 160 7 A+ Changeover contact (CO)

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

Max operating power (N)

Max standby (mm) Operating point (mm) Ambient operating temp

15.7

14.8±0.3

-40…+85 °C

The microswitch with Changeover contact is compliant only with EN 60947.5.1 as only the normally closed (NC) terminal is used. The control principle of the microswitch forces the contact to break even if it welds together (forced breaking).

Description

Connection

Contact function

83160704

Forced breaking microswitch 6 A

Changeover

83160703

Forced breaking microswitch 6 A

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

MICRO SWITCHES 131

Micro switches Tight V4 IP67

Technical data

83 181 Multicurrent

83 186 Standard

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

0.1

• IP67

Max operating power (N)

2.5

• Nominal rated current from 0.1 A to 10 A/250 V ac

Max standby (mm)

9.3

8.4±0.3

• Min. rated current 1 mA/4 V dc • Two possible control arm installation positions

Part number

Operating point (mm)

0.1

Ambient temperature for switches with pins, operation

-40…+125 °C

Ambient temperature for switches with cable, operation

-40…+105 °C

Max hysterisis (mm)

Description

Connection/cable

Contact function

83186001

Microswitch standard 6 A

W2S

Changeover

83186003

Microswitch standard 6 A

0.5 m conducter output right

Changeover

83186004

Microswitch standard 6 A

0.5 m conducter output left

Changeover

83186005

Microswitch standard 6 A

0.5 m conducter output down

Changeover

83181001

Microswitch low current 1 mA/6 A

W2S

Changeover

83181013

Microswitch low current 1 mA/6 A

0.5 m cable output left

Changeover

Operating arm Flat arm 170A

Arm with roller 170E

Arm with simulated roller 170F Part number

Description

Radius (mm)

Flat arm 170A

18.3

79253326

Flat arm 170A

79218454

Arm with roller 170E

79253329

Arm with simulated roller 170F

19.5

79253327

Microswitch, tight V3, IP67

Technical data

83 169 0 Standard

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

• IP67

Max operating power (N)

4.5

• Nominal rated current from 0.1 A to 10 A/250 V ac

Max standby (mm)

15.9

• Lowest rated current 1 mA/4 V dc The picture shows right output

Part number

• Cable output left or right

14.7±0.5

Operating point (mm)

0.35

Max hysterisis (mm) Ambient operating temp

-20…+85 °C

Description

Cable

83169001

Microswitch standard 8 A

Conductor 0.5 m output left

Contact function Changeover

83169002

Microswitch standard 8 A

Conductor 0.5 m output right

Changeover

Operating arm Part number

132

MICRO SWITCHES

Description

Radius (mm)

79215740

Flat arm 161A

14.2

70507524

Flat arm 161A

25.4

79215742

Arm with roller 161E

13.6

70507529

Arm with roller 161E

24.1

70507528

Angled arm 161F

22.2

79218651

Arm with simulated roller 161G

21.8

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Micro switches Microswitch 83 123

83 123 0 Standard

Technical data

Rated current 250 V ac (A)

7.5

Max operating power (N)

• IP66 • Extremely compact dimensions • Supplied complete with cable and mounting plate

Part number

11.4±0.4

Operating point (mm)

0.2

Max hysterisis (mm)

0…+85 °C

Ambient operating temp

Description

Cable length

Contact function

83123018

Microswitch standard 5 A

0.5 m

Changeover

83123005

Microswitch standard 5 A

Changeover

83123023

Microswitch standard 5 A

Changeover

Dimensions 83 123 S t an d ar d

Materials included Nitrile

Zinc treated steel

Installation plate

PVC

Cable

500

Polyamide

Contact carrier

Silver

Contacts

10,3

12,3

Sleeve

16 49 71

22 hål hole Ø3.2 Ø3.2

Series 83 731/83 732/83 733 • Adjustable fixing via counternut

Technical data

Top-fitted plunger 83 733 3 250 V

250 V

Min total motive force (N)

Protection class Temp range in operation

Part number

Top-fitted plunger with roller 83 732 3

Min operating power (N)

Max voltage

• IP66

Top-fitted plunger 83 731 3

IP66

IP56

-5…+70 °C

Description

Cable length

83731310

Limit position CO 5 A 250 V AC IP66 PVC cable 2M

2 metres

Changeover

83732327

Limit switch with plunger and roller for IP56

2 metres

Changeover

83733310

Limit position CO 5 A 250 V AC IP66 PVC cable 2M

2 metres

Changeover

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Contact function

MICRO SWITCHES 133

Industrial connectors

134

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors

M8 multi port distribution boxes, 3 pole & 4 pole

136

M8 single ended cordsets

138

M8 field attachable wireable connectors

139

M12 multi port distribution boxes, 5 pole

140

M12 single ended cordsets

142

M12 field attachable wireable connectors

143

M8 & M12 double ended jumper cables

144

M12 receptacles

145

Ultra-lock multi port distribution boxes, 5 pole

146

Ultra-lock single & double ended cordsets

147

Ultra-lock field attachable wireable connectors

148

Ultra-lock receptacles

149

RJ-Lnxx industrial RJ-45 ethernet connectors

150

Heavy duty connectors

152

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 135

Industrial connectors M8 multi port distribution boxes, 3 pole & 4 pole M8, 3 pole & M8, 4 pole

• 4, 6, 8, & 10 port M8 • 3 pole single I/O • 4 pole twin I/O • LED status indication • Protected to IP68 • Compact rugged design •

Technical data

3 pole single I/O

3 Pin

1 = Common +V 3 = Common 0V 4 = I/O P4

4 pole twin I/O

4 Pin

1 = Common +V 2 = I/O P2 3 = Common 0V 4 = I/O P4

136

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Port number

Pin number

Brown

1-10

Blue

1-10

White

Green

Yellow

Grey

Pink

Red

Black

Violet

White/Blue

Brown/Blue

Port number

Pin number

Brown

1-10

Blue

1-10

White

Green

Yellow

Grey

Pink

Red

Black

Violet

White/Blue

Brown/Blue

Grey/Pink

Red/Blue

White/Green

Brown/Green

White/Yellow

Yellow/Brown

White/Grey

Grey/Brown

White/Pink

Pink/Brown

Cable colour

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors

Number of ports

Part number

Dimension A (mm)

Dimension B (mm)

104

120

129

145

154

170

Description

BEB401P-FBW-05

4 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB401P-FBW-10

4 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB403P-FBW-05

4 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB403P-FBW-10

4 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB601P-FBW-05

6 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB601P-FBW-10

6 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB603P-FBW-05

6 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB603P-FBW-10

6 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB801P-FBW-05

8 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB801P-FBW-10

8 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB803P-FBW-05

8 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB803P-FBW-10

8 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEBA01P-FBW-05

10 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEBA01P-FBW-10

10 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEBA03P-FBW-05

10 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEBA03P-FBW-10

10 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 137

Industrial connectors M8 single ended cordsets M8

• Miniature size • 3 & 4 wire systems • Moulded heads: PVC • Protected to IP67 (M8 screw only) •

Wiring

Female

Male

1. Brown

2. White

3. Blue

4. Black

Technical data M8 straight (snap) Part number

M8 90º (snap)

M8 3 pin female straight 2m PVC

503000E03M050

M8 3 pin female straight 5m PVC

504000E03M020

M8 4 pin female straight 2m PVC

504000E03M050

M8 4 pin female straight 5m PVC

Part number 503001E03M020

M8 straight (screw)

M8 90º (screw)

M8 straight (screw)

M8 90º (screw)

138

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Description

503000E03M020

Description M8 3 pin female 90º 2m PVC

503001E03M050

M8 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC

504001E03M020

M8 4 pin female straight 2m PVC

504001E03M050

M8 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

Part number

Description

403000E03M020

M8 3 pin female straight 2m PVC

403000E03M050

M8 3 pin female straight 5m PVC

404000E03M020

M8 4 pin female straight 2m PVC

404000E03M050

M8 4 pin female straight 5m PVC

Part number

Description

403001E03M020

M8 3 pin female 90º 2m PVC

403001E03M050

M8 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC

404001E03M020

M8 4 pin female 90º 2m PVC

404001E03M050

M8 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

Part number

Description

403001E03M020

M8 3 pin female 90º 2m PVC

403001E03M050

M8 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC

404001E03M020

M8 4 pin female 90º 2m PVC

404001E03M050

M8 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

Part number

Description

403007E03M020

M8 3 pin male 90º 2m PVC

403007E03M050

M8 3 pin male 90º 5m PVC

404007E03M020

M8 4 pin male 90º 2m PVC

404007E03M050

M8 4 pin male 90º 5m PVC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors M8 field attachable wireable connectors M8

• M8 • 3 & 4 pin models available • Straight & 90º options • 40…+85ºC •

Wiring

Female

Male

1. Brown

2. White

3. Blue

4. Black

Technical data M8 straight female

Part number

Description

N03FA03124

M8 3 pin female straight solder terminals

N04FA03124

M8 4 pin female straight solder terminals

M8 90º female

Part number

Description

N03FA04124

M8 3 pin female 90º solder terminals

N04FA04124

M8 4 pin female 90º solder terminals

M8 straight male Part number

Description

N03MA03134

M8 3 pin male straight screw terminals

N03MA03124

M8 3 pin male straight solder terminals

N04MA03134

M8 4 pin male straight screw terminals

N04MA03124

M8 4 pin male straight solder terminals

M8 90º male Part number

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Description

N03MA03124

M8 3 pin male 90º solder terminals

N04MA03124

M8 4 pin male 90º solder terminals

N03MA03124

M8 3 pin male 90º solder terminals

N04MA03124

M8 4 pin male 90º solder terminals

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 139

Industrial connectors M12 multi port distribution boxes, 5 pole M12, 5 pole

• 4 & 8 port M12 • 4 pole 4 wire single I/O • 5 pole 5 wire twin I/O • LED status indication • Protected to IP68 •

Technical data 5 pole 4 wire single I/O

4 Pin

1 = Common +V 2 = Not connected 3 = Common 0V 4 = I/O P4 5 = Common earth

5 Pin 5 pole 5 wire twin I/O

1 = Common +V 2 = I/O P2 3 = Common 0V 4 = I/O P4 5 = Common earth

140

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Port number

Pin number

Brown

1-8

Blue

1-8

Green/Yellow

1-8

White

Green

Yellow

Grey

Pink

Red

Black

Violet

Port number

Pin number

Brown

1-8

Blue

1-8

Green Yellow

1-8

White

Green

Yellow

Grey

Pink

Red

Black

Violet

Grey/Pink

Red/Blue

White/Green

Brown/Green

White/Yellow

Yellow/Brown

White/Grey

Grey/Brown

Cable colour

Cable Colour

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors

8 port

4 port

Part number

Description

BTB400P-FBW-05

4 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BTB400P-FBW-10

4 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BTB405P-FBW-05

4 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BTB405P-FBW-10

4 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BTB800P-FBW-05

8 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BTB800P-FBW-10

8 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BTB805P-FBW-05

8 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BTB805P-FBW-10

8 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 141

Industrial connectors M12 single ended cordsets M12

• M12 screw connection • Universal design • Protected to IP68 • Wide range of options •

Wiring

Female

Male

1. Brown

2. White

3. Blue

4. Black

5. Grey

Technical data M12 straight (screw) Part number

Description

803000E03M050

M12 3 pin female straight 5m PVC

803000E03M100

M12 3 pin female straight 10m PVC

804000E03M050

M12 4 pin female straight 5m PVC

804000E03M100

M12 4 pin female straight 10m PVC

805000E03M050

M12 5 pin female straight 5m PVC

805000E03M100

M12 5 pin female straight 10m PVC

M12 90º (screw) Part number

Description

803001E03M050

M12 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC

803001E03M100

M12 3 pin female 90º 10m PVC

804001E03M050

M12 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

804001E03M100

M12 4 pin female 90º 10m PVC

805001E03M050

M12 5 pin female 90º 5m PVC

805001E03M100

M12 5 pin female 90º 10m PVC

M12 straight (screw) Part number

Description

803006E03M050

M12 3 pin male straight 5m PVC

803006E03M100

M12 3 pin male straight 10m PVC

804006E03M050

M12 4 pin male straight 5m PVC

804006E03M100

M12 4 pin male straight 10m PVC

805006E03M050

M12 5 pin male straight 5m PVC

805006E03M100

M12 5 pin male straight 10m PVC

M12 90º (screw) Part number

142

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Description

803007E03M050

M12 3 pin male 90º 5m PVC

803007E03M100

M12 3 pin male 90º 10m PVC

804007E03M050

M12 4 pin male 90º 5m PVC

804007E03M100

M12 4 pin male 90º 10m PVC

805007E03M050

M12 5 pin male 90º 5m PVC

805007E03M100

M12 5 pin male 90º 10m PVC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors M12 field attachable wireable connectors M12

• M12 • 4 & 5 pin models available • Straight & 90º options • -40…+85ºC •

Wiring

Female

Male

1. Brown

2. White

3. Blue

4. Black

5. Grey

Technical data M12 straight female

Part number

Description

8A4000315

M12 4 pin female straight

8A5000315

M12 5 pin female straight

M12 90º female

Part number

Description

8A4001315

M12 4 pin female 90º

8A5001315

M12 5 pin female 90º

M12 straight male

Part number

Description

8A4006315

M12 4 pin male straight

8A5006315

M12 5 pin male straight

M12 90º male

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Part number

Description

8A4007315

M12 4 pin male 90º

8A5007315

M12 5 pin male 90º

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 143

Industrial connectors M8 & M12 double ended jumper cables M8 female straight to M8 male straight

Part number 3 pole

Part number 4 pole

443030E03M006 (0.6m)

444030E03M006 (0.6m)

443030E03M010 (1m)

444030E03M010 (1m)

443030E03M020 (2m)

444030E03M020 (2m)

443030E03M030 (3m)

444030E03M030 (3m)

443030E03M050 (5m)

444030E03M050 (5m)

Part number 3 pole

Part number 4 pole

443032E03M006 (0.6m)

444032E03M006 (0.6m)

443032E03M010 (1m)

444032E03M010 (1m)

443032E03M020 (2m)

444032E03M020 (2m)

443032E03M030 (3m)

444032E03M030 (3m)

443032E03M050 (5m)

444032E03M050 (5m)

Part number 3 pole

Part number 4 pole

443031E03M006 (0.6 m)

444031E03M006 (0.6 m)

443031E03M010 (1 m)

444031E03M010 (1 m)

443031E03M020 (2 m)

444031E03M020 (2 m)

443031E03M030 (3 m)

444031E03M030 (3 m)

443031E03M050 (5 m)

444031E03M050 (5 m)

Part number 4 pole

Part number 5 pole

884030E03M006 (0.6 m)

885030E03M006 (0.6 m)

884030E03M010 (1 m)

885030E03M010 (1 m)

884030E03M020 (2 m)

885030E03M020 (2 m)

884030E03M030 (3 m)

885030E03M030 (3 m)

884030E03M050 (5 m)

885030E03M050 (5 m)

Part number 4 pole

Part number 5 pole

884032E03M006 (0.6m)

885032E03M006 (0.6m)

884032E03M010 (1m)

885032E03M010 (1m)

884032E03M020 (2m)

885032E03M020 (2m)

884032E03M030 (3m)

885032E03M030 (3m)

884032E03M050 (5m)

885032E03M050 (5m)

Part number 4 pole

Part number 5 pole

884031E03M006 (0.6m)

885031E03M006 (0.6m)

884031E03M010 (1m)

885031E03M010 (1m)

884031E03M020 (2m)

885031E03M020 (2m)

884031E03M030 (3m)

885031E03M030 (3m)

884031E03M050 (5m)

885031E03M050 (5m)

M8 female straight to M8 male 90ยบ

M8 female 90ยบ to M8 male straight

M12 female straight to M12 male straight

M12 female straight to M12 male 90ยบ

M12 female 90ยบ to M12 male straight

144

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors M12 receptacles M12

• 4 & 5 pin models available • Panel and through panel mount • Male and female options •

Wiring 1. Brown

1. Brown

5. Grey

2. White

6. Pink

3. Blue

7. Blue

4. Black

8. Red

5. Grey Ordering information Part number

Description

8R4E30E03C3003

4 pin female M14 panel mount receptacle

8R5E30E03C3003

5 pin female M14 panel mount receptacle

8R8E30E03C3003

8 pin female M14 panel mount receptacle

Part number

Description

8R4J30E03C3003

4 pin female PG9 panel mount receptacle

8R5J30E03C3003

5 pin female PG9 panel mount receptacle

8R8J30E03C3003

8 pin female PG9 panel mount receptacle

Part number

Description

8R4J40E03C3003

4 pin female PG9 through panel receptacle

8R5J40E03C3003

5 pin female PG9 through panel receptacle

Part number

Description

8R4E36E03C3003

4 pin male M14 panel mount receptacle

8R5E36E03C3003

5 pin male M14 panel mount receptacle

8R8E36E03C3003

8 pin male M14 panel mount receptacle

Part number

Description

8R4J36E03C3003

4 pin male PG9 panel mount receptacle

8R5J36E03C3003

5 pin male PG9 panel mount receptacle

8R8J36E03C3003

8 pin male PG9 panel mount receptacle

Part number

Description

8R4J46E03C3003

4 pin male PG9 through panel receptacle

8R5J46E03C3003

5 pin male PG9 through panel receptacle

Part number

Description

8R4D26E03C3003

4 pin male PG13.5 through panel receptacle

8R5D26E03C3003

5 pin male PG13.5 through panel receptacle

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 145

Industrial connectors Ultra-lock multi port distribution boxes

Technical data Mechanical PBT

Housing

• 4, 6 and 8 port • M12 ultralock connector

Contact carrier

PBT

Shell material

Nickel over brass

Contact

Phosphor bronze

• Protection up to IP69K

Contact plating

Gold over nickel

• 5 pole and 4 wire single I/O

Cable jacket

• 5 pole and 5 wire twin I/O

O-Ring

•

Electrical

PUR Viton18

10…30 V dc

Rated voltage (IEC 60 664-1)

>109 Ω

Insulation resistance (IEC 60 512-2) Rated current T amb. 40ºC (IEC 60 512-3) Maximum total current Contact resistance (IEC 60 512-2)

2 Amps per I/O 12 A <5m Ω 34

Environmental Pollution degree (IEC 60 664-1)

Part number BKY400P-FBP-05

IP 67/68/69K

Operating temperature

-25…90°C

Description Single I/O 4 port 5 pole 4 wire

BKY405P-FBP-05

Dual I/O 4 port 5 pole 5 wire

BKY600P-FBP-05

Single I/O 6 port 5 pole 4 wire

BKY605P-FBP-05

Dual I/O 6 port 5 pole 5 wire

BKY800P-FBP-05

Single I/O 8 port 5 pole 4 wire

BKY805P-FBP-05

Dual I/O 8 port 5 pole 5 wire

146

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Protection (IEC 60 529)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors Ultra-lock single & double ended cordsets

Technical data Mechanical PUR

Connector body

PUR

Contact carrier

• M12 ultralock connector

Nickel plated brass

Locking mechanism

• Wide range of options

Contact male:

• Single or double ended configurations

Female:

Phosphor bronze

• Protection up to IP69K

Contact Plating

Gold over nickel

•

O-Ring

Brass

Viton 30,000 Mate/Demate

Durability Electrical

3 & 4-Pole: 250 V 5-Pole: 60 V

Rated voltage (IEC 60 664-1) Insulation resistance (IEC 60 512-2) Rated current T amb. 40ºC (IEC 60 512-3) Contact resistance (IEC 60 512-2)

>109 Ω 4A <5m Ω

Environmental 3

Pollution degree (IEC 60 664-1) Protection (IEC 60 529)

IP 67/68/69K

Operating temperature

-25…90°C

Certification

CSA & UL

Part number key Type

Female straight

Female 90º

Male straight

Male 90º

Female LED NPN 90º

Female LED PNP 90º

Female straight / Male straight

Female 90º/ Male straight

Female straight / Male 90º

Female 90º/ Male 90º number of poles

E03 PVC 0.34mm2 (22AWG) Black

P03 PUR 0.34mm2 (22AWG) Black

K05 TPE 0.34mm2 (22AWG) Yellow

2 meter

4 meter

5 meter

6 meter

10 meter

0.3 meter

0.6 meter

1 meter

2 meter

3 meter

4 meter

5 meter

1st character M12 Ultra-Lock connector

M12 threaded connector

2nd Character Single-ended cordset

Double-ended cordset, M12 Ultra-Lock connector

Double-ended cordset, M12 threaded connectoro

Number of poles 3-pole

4-pole

5-pol3

Configuration Single-ended cordset

Double-ended cordset

Cable type

Unit of measure – meters

Cable length – single ended Other lengths available on request

Cable length – double ended Other lengths available on request

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 147

Industrial connectors Ultra-lock field attachable wireable connectors

Technical data Mechanical Connector face

Polyamide

Molded body

Polyamide

• M12 Ultra-lock connector

Contact

• 4 and 5 pin models available

Coupling nut

• -25…+90ºC • Straight and 90º options •

Brass Nickel plated brass Nitrile rubber

Grommet

18 AWG

Maximum conductor size Electrical

4-Pole: 250 V ac 300 V dc 5-Pole: 30 V ac 36 V dc

Voltage rating

4-Pole: 4 A; 5-Pole: 4 A

Amperage Environmental Protection (IEC 60 529)

IP 67/68

Operating temperature

-25…+90°C CSA & UL

Certification

148

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Part number

Description

WA4000-315

M12 4 pin female straight screw terminals PG7 gland

WA4000-325

M12 4 pin female straight screw terminals PG9 gland

WA5000-315

M12 5 pin female straight screw terminals PG7 gland

WA5000-325

M12 5 pin female straight screw terminals PG9 gland

Part number

Description

WA4001-315

M12 4 pin female 90° screw terminals PG7 gland

WA5001-315

M12 5 pin female 90° screw terminals PG7 gland

Part number

Description

WA4006-315

M12 4 pin male straight screw terminals PG7 gland

WA4006-325

M12 4 pin male straight screw terminals PG9 gland

WA5006-315

M12 5 pin male straight screw terminals PG7 gland

WA5006-325

M12 5 pin male straight screw terminals PG9 gland

Part number

Description

WA4007-315

M12 4 pin 90° screw terminals PG7 gland

WA5007-315

M12 5 pin 90° screw terminals PG7 gland

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors Ultra-lock receptacles

Technical data Mechanical Nickel plated brass

Receptacle housing

PA 6.6

Contact carrier

• 4 and 5 pin models available

Contact male:

• Panel and through panel mount

Female:

Phosphor bronze

Contact plating

Gold over nickel

• Male and female options •

Brass

Electrical 4-Pole: 250 V; 5-Pole: 60 V

Rated voltage (IEC 60 664-1) Insulation resistance (IEC 60 512-2)

>109 Ω

Contact resistance (IEC 60 512-2)

<5m Ω

Environmental 3

Pollution degree (IEC 60 664-1) Protection (IEC 60 529)

IP 67/68/69K

Operating temperature

-25…+90°C

Front mount Part number WR4J26E03C3003

Description M12 4 pin male receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads

WR5J26E03C3003

M12 5 pin male receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads

WR4J30E03C3003

M12 4 pin female receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads

WR5J30E03C3003

M12 5 pin female receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads

Part number WR4U26E03C3003

Description M12 4 pin male receptacle M16 with 300mm leads

WR5U26E03C3003

M12 5pin male receptacle M16 with 300mm leads

WR4U20E03C3003

M12 4 pin female receptacle M16 with 300mm leads

WR5U20E03C3003

M12 5pin female receptacle M16 with 300mm leads

Rear mount Part number WR4J46E03C3003

Description M12 4 pin male receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads

WR5J46E03C3003

M12 5 pin male receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads

WR4J40E03C3003

M12 4 pin female receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads

WR5J40E03C3003

M12 5 pin female receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads

Part number

Description

WR4J46000

M12 4 pin male receptacle PCB contacts

WR5J46000

M12 5 pin male receptacle PCB contacts

WR4J46001

M12 4 pin female receptacle PCB contacts

WR5J46001

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

M12 5 pin female receptacle PCB contacts

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 149

Industrial connectors RJ-Lnxx industrial RJ-45 ethernet connectors

• Industrial RJ-45 connectors • Robust IP67 rated • Moulded and field attachable products available •

Female receptacles PC board receptables

Part number ENSR1FB5

PCB + cable termination

PCB + cable + male RJ-45 plug termination

Through panel receptacle

Part number

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Description

ENSR2FB5C305

Receptacle, 305mm, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A

ENSR3FB5C305

Receptacle, 305mm, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B

ENSR2FB5M010

Receptacle, 1.0m, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A

ENSR3FB5M010

Receptacle, 1.0m, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B

Part number

Description

ENSP2F5C305

Receptacle, 305mm, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A

ENSP3F5C305

Receptacle, 305mm, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B

ENSP2F5M010

Receptacle, 1.0m, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A

ENSP3F5M010

Receptacle, 1.0m, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B

Part number ENSP1F5

150

Description Receptacle, PC Board Terminated

Description Through Panel Receptacle, RJ-45 – Cat 5e

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors Direct PCB mount receptacles Part number

Description

ENPR1FF5

Receptacle, direct PCB mount, front lock nut, category 5

Male and female moulded connectors Industrial male – industrial male

Industrial male – standard male

Male field attachable

10/100 BaseTX, 568A

10/100 BaseTX, 568B

Length

ENV2115M010

ENV3115M010

ENV2115M020

ENV3115M020

ENV2115M030

ENV3115M030

ENV2115M040

ENV3115M040

ENV2115M050

ENV3115M050

10/100 BaseTX, 568A

10/100 BaseTX, 568B

Length

ENV2115M010

ENV3115M010

ENV2115M020

ENV3115M020

ENV2115M030

ENV3115M030

ENV2115M040

ENV3115M040

ENV2115M050

ENV3115M050

Part number

Description Through panel receptacle, RJ-45 – cat 5e

ENSP1F5

Accessories IP67 inline connector

IP67 female closure CMP

Part number

Description

RJBG16821

Inline connector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Part number 67-0300

IP67 male closure CMP

Description Captive closure cap with integral rubberised lanyard

Part number 67-0301

Description Captive closure cap with integral rubberised lanyard

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 151

Industrial connectors Heavy duty connectors

Size 3 A inserts with screw terminals – S-A series Number of poles

10+

16+

32+

Connection type

Screw

10 A

16 A

32 A

Suitable for enclosure Male

Male (1 –16) 7216.4412.0 7203.6101.0

7204.6102.0

Female

7210.4411.0

7216.4412.0

(17 – 32) 7216.4416.0

Female (1 –16) 7216.4402.0 7203.6001.0

7204.6002.0

7210.4401.0

7216.4402.0

(17 – 32) 7216.4403.0

Size 3 A inserts with crimp contact – S-D series Number of poles

10+

16+

32+

Connection type

Screw

10 A

16 A

32 A

7115.4106.0

7125.4112.0

7115.4006.0

7125.4012.0

Suitable for enclosure Male

Male

7107.4101.0

7108.4102.0

Female

2 x 7125.4112.0

Female

2 x 7125.4012.0

7107.4001.0

7108.4002.0

0.14…0.37 mm²

0.5 mm²

0.75 mm²

1 mm²

1.5 mm²

2/5 mm²

7100.4211.0

7100.4212.0

7100.4213.0

7100.4214.0

7100.4215.0

7100.4216.0

7100.4201.0

7100.4202.0

7100.4203.0

7100.4204.0

7100.4205.0

7100.4206.0

Crimp contacts Conductor size Male

Female

Tools Crimping tool for turned contacts with ratchet

8500.6251.0

152

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Removal tool for Ø 1,6mm crimp contacts (S-D)

8500.7940.0

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors

Size A hoods Size Material

Low

10 A

16 A

32 A

Aluminium

Plastic

Aluminium

7803.6230.0 M20

7803.6229.0 M20

7810.4571.0 M20

7816.4575.0 M20

7832.4651.5 M25

7810.4582.5 M25

7816.4587.5 M25

7832.4652.5 M32

7810.4550.0

7816.4555.0 M20

7810.4562.5

7816.4567.5 M25

High

Low

7803.6228.0 M20

7803.6227.0 M20

High

7832.4642.5 M32

Size A housings Size Material

10 A

16 A

32 A

Aluminium

Plastic

Aluminium

7803.6202.0

7803.6201.0

7810.4541.0

7816.4543.0

7832.4631.0

7803.6226.0 M20

7803.6225.0 M20

7810.4501.0 M20

7816.4523.0 M25

7810.4502.0 2 x M20

7816.4524.0 2 x M25

7832.4603.0

7816.4592.0

7832.4672.0

7803.6232.0 M20

7803.6231.0 M20

7810.4503.0 M25 7810.4504.0 2 x M25

7803.6204.0

7803.6203.0

Covers for female insert with gasket

7803.6802.0

7803.6801.0

Covers for male insert

7803.6804.0

7803.6803.0

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

7810.4591.0

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 153

Industrial connectors Heavy duty connectors

Size B with screw terminals – 500 V 16 Amps Number of poles Size

6+PE

10+PE

16+PE

24+PE

32+PE

48+PE

10 B

16 B

24 B

32 B

48 B

7306.6103.0

7310.6104.0

7316.6105.0

7324.6107.0

#1 – 16 7316.6105.0 + #17 – 32 7316.6106.0

#1 – 24 7324.6107.0 + #25 – 48 7324.6108.0

#1 – 24 7324.6007.0 + #25 – 48 7324.6008.0

Male

Female

7310.6004.0

7316.6005.0

7324.6007.0

#1 – 16 7316.6005.0 + #17 – 32 7316.6006.0

6+PE

10+PE

16+PE

24+PE

32+PE

48+PE

10 B

16 B

24 B

32 B

48 B

7306.5961.0

7310.5962.0

7316.5963.0

7324.5965.0

#1 – 16 7316.5963.0 + #17 – 32 7316.5964.0

#1 – 24 7324.5955.0 + #25 – 48 7324.5956.0

#1 – 24 7324.5855.0 + #25 – 48 7324.5856.0

7306.6003.0

Size B with push-in terminal inserts – 500 V 16 Amps Number of poles Size Male

Female

7310.5862.0

7316.5863.0

7324.5865.0

#1 – 16 7316.5853.0 + #17 – 32 7316.5854.0

24+PE

42+PE

72+PE

108+PE

144+PE

216+PE

10 B

16 B

24 B

32 B

48 B

#1 – 108 7108.4158.0 + #109 – 216 7108.4159.0

#1 – 108 7108.4058.0 + #109 – 216 7108.4059.0

7306.5861.0

Series S-DD, crimp contact inserts 250 V 10 Amps Number of poles Size Male

7124.4140.0

7142.4146.0

7172.4152.0

7108.4158.0

#1 – 72 7172.4152.0 + #73 – 144 7172.4153.0

7124.4040.0

7142.4046.0

7172.4052.0

7108.4058.0

#1 – 72 7172.4052.0 + #73 – 144 7172.4053.0

Female

Tools Crimping tool for turned contacts with ratchet

8500.6251.0

154

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Removal tool for Ø 1,6mm crimp contacts (S-D)

8500.7940.0

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Industrial connectors

Size B hoods with single lever Size

10 B

16 B

24 B

32 B

48 A

Low

7806.6551.0 M20

7810.6555.0 M20

7816.6557.0 M25

7824.6559.0 M25

High

7806.6491.5 M25

7810.6493.5 M32

7816.6495.5 M32

7824.6497.5 M32

7832.7137.5 M32

7848.6564.5 M40

Low

7806.6553.0 M20

7810.6556.0 M20

7816.6558.0 M25

7824.6560.0 M25

High

7806.6450.5 M32

7810.6451.5 M32

7816.6453.5 M32

7824.6455.5 M32

7832.7135.5 M32

7848.6567.5 M40

10 B

16 B

24 B

32 B

48 A

7806.6401.0

7810.6403.0

7816.6405.0

7824.6407.0

7832.6409.0

7848.7440.0

7806.6402.0 With cover

7810.6404.0 With cover

7816.6406.0 With cover

7824.6408.0 With cover

7832.6410.0

7848.6411.0 With cover

Low

7806.6352.0 2 x M20

7810.6354.0 2 x M20

7816.6356.0 2 x M25

7824.6358.0 2 x M25

7832.6381.0 2 x M40

7848.7430.0 2 x M40

High

7806.7151.0 2 x M32

7810.7161.0 2 x M32

7816.7170.0 2 x M32

7824.7181.0 2 x M40

Low

7806.6362.0 2 x M20

7810.6364.0 2 x M20

7816.6366.0 2 x M25

7824.6368.0 2 x M25

7832.6383.0 2 x M40

7848.6371.0 2 x M50

High

7806.7264.0 2 x M25

7810.7275.0 2 x M32

7816.7284.0 2 x M32

7824.7293.0 2 x M32

7806.6813.0

7810.6814.0

7816.6815.0

7824.6816.0

7806.6581.0 M25

7810.6582.0 M25

7816.6583.0 M25

7824.6584.0 M32

7810.7008.5 M25

7816.6461.5 M25

7824.6464.5 M32

Housings with single lever Size

Low

High

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

7832.6585.5 M40

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 155

OEM-AUTOMATIC LIMITED (“OEM”) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE (“the Conditions”) 1. DEFINITIONS In these Conditions: ”Buyer” means the party with whom OEM contracts; ”Contract” means the contract made between OEM and the Buyer for supply of the Goods which are subject to these Conditions; ”Goods” means all or any of the goods works and materials to be supplied by OEM; ”Act of Insolvency” means any one or more of the following namely the passing of a resolution or the presentation of a petition for winding-up, bankruptcy or for the appointment of an administrator, the appointment of a receiver and/or manager or administrative receiver over the whole or any part of the Buyer’s undertaking and assets, the making of a proposal for a voluntary arrangement within the Insolvency Act 1986 or of a proposal for any other composition scheme or arrangement with or the calling by the Buyer of any meeting of its creditors generally, the levying of execution or distress or diligence on any of its assets, the failure to pay its proper debts as and when due and anything analogous to any of the foregoing under the law of the jurisdiction where the Buyer is established. 2. CONSTRUCTION OF CONTRACT (1) These Conditions shall apply to all contracts of sale between OEM and the Buyer. (2) The terms of the Contract shall consist of the particulars set out in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement and these Conditions. Any term in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement which is at variance with these Conditions shall prevail over these Conditions, which shall be construed accordingly, except with regard to price in respect of which condition 5 (2) shall prevail. (3) No other terms (whether contained in any document issued by the Buyer or in any written or oral communication between the parties) shall apply to the Contract nor shall these Conditions or the particulars contained in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement be modified without OEM’s written agreement. OEM shall be entitled to amend technical specifications of the Goods without notice. (4) In order that these Conditions and the particulars in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement shall be a complete record of the agreement between the parties with regard to the sale of the Goods, the Buyer must ensure that any pre-contractual representation on which the Buyer wishes to rely has been specified in those particulars. In entering into the Contract, the Buyer does not rely upon any such representation made by or on behalf of OEM which has not been so specified. 3. OUOTATIONS AND ORDERS (1) Unless accepted before lapse or withdrawal, or renewed in writing by OEM, quotations shall lapse automatically after 30 days, but maybe withdrawn earlier. (2) Quotations are information only and are not firm offers. There shall be no binding contract until OEM has accepted the Buyer’s order by despatching OEM’s official Acknowledgement of Order or invoice 4. DELIVERY (1) Although OEM wiII endeavour to deliver Goods within any delivery time specified in OEM’s Acknowledgement of Order, that time is an estimate only and not a term of the Contract and as such, time shall not be of the essence. OEM shall not be liable for any failure to meet any such estimate, nor for any loss, of whatsoever nature resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. (2) Any such time specified shall be extended by any period during which the manufacture or delivery of the Goods or other work by OEM in connection with the Contract is delayed due to fire, explosion, flood, storm, tempest, sabotage, strikes (official and unofficial), riot, invasion, acts of war, shortage of labour, power or materials, civil commotion, accidents, plant breakdowns, compliance with an order of an apparently competent authority, and any other event beyond OEM’s control. (3) If any such delivery time is so extended by more than 90 days the Buyer shall be entitled to give written notice to OEM requiring the Goods to be delivered within 30 days of the date of such notice failing which the Buyer shall have the right to give further written notice terminating the contract forthwith. (4) OEM shall be entitled to deliver the Goods by instalments and/or in advance of the estimated date. Each delivery shall constitute a separate contract to which these Conditions shall apply. Failure by OEM to deliver any one or more of the instalments or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. (5) In the case of United Kingdom and Overseas customers, unless otherwise stated, OEM will deliver to the Buyer’s premises and will charge separately for packing, carriage and handling. (6) The delivery by OEM of a greater or lesser quantity provided for in the Contract, the delivery of other goods not provided for in the Contract, or the delivery of Goods only some of which are defective, shall not entitle the Buyer to reject all of the Goods delivered. In order that OEM can comply with its carrier’s conditions, a claim in respect of error in quantity or type of Goods in respect of the condition of the Goods delivered must be made in writing to OEM within 3 days or to the carrier and OEM within 5 days of receipt. Failure to make such claim shall constitute unqualified acceptance of the Goods and waiver by the Buyer of all claims relating to error in quantity or type of Goods delivered or relating to the condition of Goods delivered. Similarly, if any Goods invoiced by OEM are not received by the Buyer, the Buyer must notify OEM within 25 days or the carrier and OEM within 28 days of the date of invoice, failing which the Buyer will be liable to pay for the Goods in full. (7) OEM shall at its option make good any non-delivery short delivery or damage of Goods notified in accordance with Condition 4(6) by repair or replacement of such Goods and save as provided in this Condition shall not be liable for any such non-delivery short delivery or damage in transit nor for any loss, financial or otherwise resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. In no event shall OEM be liable to the Buyer in connection with any damage or loss in transit where delivery takes place at OEM’s premises. (8) If the Buyer fails to take delivery of or collect the Goods or fails to give OEM adequate delivery instructions after notification by OEM that the Goods are ready OEM may (without prejudice to its other rights and remedies): store the Goods (on its own or any third party’s premises) and charge the Buyer for its reasonable costs (including without limitation VAT costs of storage, carriage and insurance); and/or sell the Goods at any time and after deducting all costs and expenses account to the Buyer for any excess over the price already paid under the Contract or charge the Buyer for any shortfall between the Contract price and such costs and expenses. (9) All returnable containers and packing materials will be charged for, but credit will be given if these are returned in condition satisfactory to OEM, to OEM’s works carriage paid within thirty days following delivery of the relevant Goods. 5. PROPERTY AND RISK (1) The risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer upon despatch of the Goods from OEM’s warehouse. (2) Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk, property in and title to the Goods shall remain in OEM until OEM has received payment of all sums owing to OEM under the Contract and any other contract with the Buyer whatsoever. (3) Until property in and title to the Goods passes to the Buyer: the Buyer shall keep the Goods properly stored, protected and insured and separate from all or any other goods whether belonging to OEM, the Buyer, or any third party; OEM shall be entitled at any time forthwith to revoke the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods; and it shall automatically cease if the Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; and the Buyer shall not make any modification to the Goods or their packaging or alter remove or tamper with any marks, numbers or other means of identification used on or in relation to the Goods. Upon termination of the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods, the Buyer shall place the Goods at the disposal of OEM and OEM and its servants and agents are hereby irrevocably authorised without the need for consent of any third party but using only such force as may be necessary, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party for the purpose of removing the Goods. (4) If any of the foregoing provisions of this Condition shall be invalid or unenforceable such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions. 6. PRICES (1) Unless otherwise stated in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement, prices for the Goods shall be ex-works, and shall be exclusive of VAT, packing, carriage, insurance, and any other costs, all of which shall be the subject of additional charges. VAT shall be charged where appropriate at the rate prevailing at the relevant tax point. (2) Any price quoted by the Company is based upon costs current as the date of quotation. The price charged to the Customer under the Contract may be changed to take account of costs current at the date of invoice. Such changes may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in rates of currency where the Goods or any part thereof, are sourced from third countries. 7. PAYMENT (1) Subject to prior written agreement to the contrary, OEM shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price of the Goods on or at any time after OEM has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready for collection or OEM has tendered delivery of the Goods. (2) If OEM has granted the Buyer monthly account credit facilities, then payment of the price must be made within 30 days of the date of Invoice. Otherwise payment must be in cash prior to delivery. Payment shall be made direct to OEM in the currency invoiced. The Buyer shall not be entitled to exercise

any right of set-off against payment due to OEM. (3) OEM shall be entitled to charge daily interest on any overdue sum at the rate of 5 per cent annum above the base lending rate for the time being of Lloyds TSB Bank plc from the due date for payment to the actual date of payment (both before and after judgment). (4) Where payment is agreed to be made by instalments, any delay or default by the Buyer in making payment in respect of any one instalment shall render all the remaining instalments due forthwith, and interest will be charged in accordance with condition 7(3) with immediate effect until the date of actual payment. (5) OEM may appropriate any payment made by the Buyer to such of the Goods (or the goods supplied under any other contract between OEM and the Buyer) as OEM may think fit (notwithstanding any purported appropriation by the Buyer). 8 WARRANTIES AND EXEMPTIONS (1) If under proper use the goods develop any defect during the warranty period due to defective articles or materials supplied OEM shall at its own expense and option replace or repair such goods as are defective so as to remedy the defects except where such defects are attributable to accident, fair wear and tear, or any act omission or neglect of the buyer or of its agents. The Buyer must give OEM notice of any alleged defects as soon as it becomes apparent, and shall (unless otherwise instructed by OEM) retain the goods at the Buyer’s premises for inspection by OEM and give OEM adequate facilities to investigate the complaint at the Buyer’s premises. The “warranty period” shall mean the period specified in OEM’S order acknowledgement as the warranty period and if no such period is specified, then a period of 12 months from the date of delivery of the goods. (2) Except as expressly stated above there shall be excluded from the contract any warranty, condition or statement, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, as to satisfactory quality, and/or fitness of the goods for any particular purpose. (3) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/ or breach of statutory duty for any loss or damage which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM its servants or agents, [in a sum which is greater than the Contract price]. (4) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/or breach of statutory duty for any loss of profits loss of goodwill loss of contracts and/or any indirect or consequential (including economic) loss of any kind including loss of profits and/or loss of production which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM, its servants or agents. (5) Provided that nothing in this Condition shall operate so as to exclude OEM’s non-excludable liability in respect of death or personal injury caused by the negligence of OEM its servants or agents; to affect the statutory rights of the Buyer where Goods are sold to a Buyer dealing as a consumer within the meaning of Unfair Contract Terms Act; or to exclude the application of Section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 or to exclude liability for fraudulent misrepresentation. (6) OEM reserves the right not to accept goods for credit or replacement from the Buyer that are not accompanied and clearly marked with a returned materials authorisation (rma) number that has been previously agreed with and issued by OEM. An RMA number shall remain open and valid for 30 days from date of issue by OEM. If OEM have failed to receive the goods to which the rma number relate within this period then OEM reserve the right to cancel the rma. The risk and the property in the goods remains with the Buyer unless otherwise notified by OEM. OEM will not accept returned goods that clearly show signs of physical damage to external packaging where it is possible that damage to the goods may have occurred as a result. The Buyer shall be responsible for the carriage costs of the returned goods unless otherwise agreed in writing by OEM. 9. INSOLVENCY AND DEFAULT (1) Without prejudice to any rights and remedies available to it, OEM shall be entitled, forthwith on written notice to the Buyer either to terminate the Contract in whole or in part and/or any other contract with the Buyer or to withhold performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract and/or any other contract with the Buyer (and on the giving of such notice all monies outstanding from the Buyer to OEM shall become immediately due and payable) if:- (i) any sum owing to OEM from the Buyer on any account whatsoever shall be unpaid after the due date for payment (in which event OEM shall have a general lien for any such sum on all and any property of the Buyer in its possession); or (ii) the Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; or (iii) the Buyer shall commit any breach of any contract (including without limitation the Contract) with OEM. (2) In the event of a suspension of performance OEM shall be entitled, as a condition of resuming performance, to require pre-payment, or such security as it may require. 10. EXPORT TERMS (1) Any term or expression which is defined in the provisions of Incoterms 2000 (or any subsequent revision thereof) shall import the respective obligations of Buyer and Seller into these Conditions, but in the event of conflict these Conditions shall prevail. (2) Where the Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom, the provisions of this clause 10 shall (subject to any special terms agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer) apply not withstanding any other provision of these Conditions. (3) Unless otherwise agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer, the Goods shall be delivered ExWorks and OEM shall be under no obligation to give notice under section 32(3) of the Sale of Goods Act 1979. (4) The Buyer shall be responsible for arranging for testing and inspection of the Goods at OEM’s premises before shipment. OEM shall have no liability for any claim in respect of any defect in the Goods which would be apparent on testing or inspection and which is made after shipment, or in respect of any damage during transit. 11. CANCELLATION The Contract may be cancelled in whole or in part by the Buyer only with OEM’s written consent and upon the condition that the Buyer shall indemnify OEM in full against all loss, damages, costs expenses and other liabilities awarded against or incurred by OEM as a result of or in connection with the cancellation. 12. GENERAL (1) It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to ensure that all requirements applicable to the Contract, whether statutory, regulatory, municipal and/or otherwise howsoever, (including without limitation any relating to the importation or use of the Goods in the country of destination and for the payment of duties thereon) are duly complied with. It shall be a condition precedent to the performance by OEM of its obligations under the Contract that all necessary licences, permits and consents shall have been obtained by the Buyer. (2) Neither party shall have any liability for any failure to perform or for any delay in the performance (other than as to payment) of any of its obligations under the Contract caused by any factor beyond its reasonable control. (3) No failure or delay on the part of OEM to exercise any of its rights under the Contract shall operate as a waiver of nor shall any waiver by OEM of any breach by the Buyer of any of its obligations under the Contract affect the rights of OEM in the event of any further or continuing breach. (4) The Contract is personal to the Buyer, who shall not assign or in any way part with the benefit without OEM’s prior written consent. (5) Each and every obligation contained in these Conditions shall be treated as a separate obligation and shall be severally enforceable as such notwithstanding the non- enforceability of any other such obligation. (6) The Conditions and the Contract shall not create or evidence, or be deemed to create or evidence, any agency or partnership between OEM on the one hand and the Buyer or any third party on the other. (7) Any notice required to be given in writing under the Contract shall be given, where possible, by facsimile transmission and otherwise by first class post addressed to the registered office of the party for which it is intended, or to such other address as may be notified in writing in accordance herewith for the purpose, and shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of a facsimile transmission, upon transmission and, in the case of a letter, forty-eight hours after posting. In proving service by letter, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and stamped and duly posted. (8) The Contract shall be governed by English Law. (9) The parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts, save in the case of a Buyer who has no assets within the jurisdiction of the English Courts and who is established in a country which will not enforce the judgement of the English Courts. In those circumstances OEM may if it chooses refer any disputes arising out of the Contract to arbitration under the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, such arbitration to take place in London. CARRIAGE AND HANDLING CHARGES Please enquire.

2017 – 2018

Tel +44 (0) 116 284 9900 Fax +44 (0) 116 284 1721 machine@uk.oem.se information@uk.oem.se www.oem.co.uk

Sensors

Whiteacres Whetstone Leicester LE8 6ZG

Sensors 2017 – 2018